Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Geometry 2
TERMINOLOGY
Congruent: Two figures are congruent if they have the are equal and corresponding sides are in the
same size and shape. They are identical in every way same ratio
Polygon: A polygon is a closed plane figure with Vertex: A vertex is a corner of a figure (vertices is plural,
straight sides meaning more than one vertex)
Similar: Two figures are similar if they have the same
shape but a different size. Corresponding angles
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 3
INTRODUCTION
YOU STUDIED GEOMETRY IN the Preliminary Course. In this
chapter, you will revise this work and extend it to include some
more general applications of geometrical properties involving
polygons.
You will also use the Preliminary topic on straight-line
graphs to explore coordinate methods in geometry.
+AEC and +DEB are called vertically opposite angles. +AED and +CEB are
also vertically opposite angles.
Parallel lines
If the lines are parallel, cointerior angles are supplementary (i.e. their
sum is 180).
The exterior angle in any triangle is equal to the sum of the two
opposite interior angles. That is,
x+y=z
Congruent triangles
Two triangles are congruent if they are the same shape and size. All pairs of
corresponding sides and angles are equal.
For example:
TESTS
To prove that two triangles are congruent, we only need to prove that certain
combinations of sides or angles are equal.
Similar triangles
Triangles, for example ABC and XYZ, are similar if they are the same shape but
different sizes.
As in the example, all three pairs of corresponding angles are equal.
All three pairs of corresponding sides are in proportion (in the same ratio).
6 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
TESTS
There are three tests for similar triangles.
Ratios of intercepts
When two (or more) transversals cut a series of parallel lines, the ratios of
their intercepts are equal.
That is, AB: BC = DE: EF
AB DE
or =
BC EF
Pythagoras theorem
The square on the hypotenuse in any right angled triangle is equal to the
sum of the squares on the other two sides.
That is, c2 = a2 + b2
or c = a2 + b2
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 7
Quadrilaterals
PARALLELOGRAM
Properties of a parallelogram:
opposite sides of a parallelogram are equal
opposite angles of a parallelogram are equal
diagonals in a parallelogram bisect each other These properties can all be
each diagonal bisects the parallelogram into two congruent triangles proved.
TESTS
A quadrilateral is a parallelogram if:
both pairs of opposite sides are equal
both pairs of opposite angles are equal
one pair of sides is both equal and parallel
the diagonals bisect each other
8 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
RECTANGLE
Properties of a rectangle:
the same as for a parallelogram, and also
diagonals are equal
TEST
A quadrilateral is a rectangle if its diagonals are equal
Application
RHOMBUS
Properties of a rhombus:
the same as for parallelogram, and also
diagonals bisect at right angles
diagonals bisect the angles of the rhombus
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 9
TESTS
A quadrilateral is a rhombus if:
all sides are equal
diagonals bisect each other at right angles
SQUARE
Properties of a square:
the same as for rectangle, and also
diagonals are perpendicular
diagonals make angles of 45 with the sides
TRAPEZIUM
KITE
Polygons
A regular polygon has all sides and all interior angles equal
Areas
RECTANGLE
A = lb
SQUARE
A square is a special
rectangle.
A = x2
TRIANGLE
PARALLELOGRAM
RHOMBUS
1
A= xy
2
(x and y are lengths of diagonals)
TRAPEZIUM
1
A= h(a + b)
2
CIRCLE
A = r2
The following examples and exercises use these results to prove properties of
plane figures.
12 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
Solution
Let +A = x
Then +B = 180 x (+A, +B cointerior angles, AD < BC)
+C = 180 (180 x) (+B, +C cointerior angles, AB < DC)
= 180 180 + x
= x
` +A = +C
2. Triangle ABC below is isosceles with AB = AC. Prove that the base
angles of ABC are equal by showing that ABD and ACD are congruent.
Solution
+ADB = +ADC = 90 (given)
AB = AC (given)
AD is common
\ ABD / ACD (RHS)
So +ABD = +ACD (corresponding angles in congruent s)
\ base angles are equal
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 13
Solution
1.1 Exercises
1. 3. Prove VW < XY.
8. OC is drawn so that it is
perpendicular to chord AB and
O is the centre of the circle.
Prove that OAC and OBC are 12. Show that a diagonal cuts a
congruent, and hence that OC parallelogram into two congruent
bisects AB. triangles.
14. ABCD is a parallelogram with 19. Prove that the diagonals in any
BM = DN. Prove that AMCN is rectangle are equal.
also a parallelogram.
20. Prove that if one angle in a
rectangle is 90 then all the
angles are 90.
S = 6x 2 V = x3
S = 2 r (r + h) V = r2 h
4 3
S = 4 r 2 V= r
3
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 17
1 2
S = r (r + l) V= r h
3
EXAMPLE
Find the surface area of a cone whose height is twice the radius, in
terms of r.
Solution
h = 2r
l2 = r2 + h2
= r 2 + ( 2 r) 2
= r 2 + 4r 2
= 5r 2
` l= 5r 2
= 5r
Surface area S = r (r + l) where l is slant height
= r (r + 5 r )
While surface area and volume is not a part of the geometry in the HSC
syllabus, the topic in Chapter 2 uses calculus to find maximum or minimum
areas, perimeters, surface areas or volumes. So you will need to know these
formulae in order to answer the questions in the next chapter. Here are some
questions to get you started.
1.2 Exercises
1. A rectangular prism has 2. A sphere has a volume of 120 m3.
dimensions 12.5 mm, 84 mm and Find the exact value of r.
64 mm. Find its
(a) surface area and 3. A rectangular prism has
(b) volume. dimensions x, x + 2 and 2x 1.
Find its volume in terms of x.
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 19
4. A cylinder has a volume of 250 cm3. 11. The area of the base of a prism
If its base has radius r and its is given by 3h + 2, where h is
250 the height of the prism. Find a
height is h, show that r = .
h formula for the volume of the
5. Find the volume of a cylinder prism.
in terms of r if its height is five
12. The area of the base of a pyramid
times the size of its radius.
is 6h + 15 where h is the height of
6. The ratio of the length to the the pyramid. Find the volume of
breadth of a certain rectangle is 3:2. the pyramid in terms of h.
If the breadth of this rectangle is
13. A rectangular pyramid has base
b units, find a formula for the area
dimensions x 3 and 3x + 5,
of the rectangle in terms of b.
and a height of 2x + 1. Write a
7. Find the volume of a cube with formula for the volume of the
sides (x + 2) cm. pyramid in terms of x.
REGULAR SOLIDS
There are only five solids with each face the same size and shape. These are called platonic
solids. Research these on the internet.
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 21
The skeletons opposite are those of radiolarians. These are tiny sea animals, with their
skeletons shaped like regular solids.
A salt crystal is a cube. A diamond crystal is an octahedron.
Diamond crystal
Distance
The distance between two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is given by
d= _ x2 x1 i + _ y2 y1 i
2 2
Midpoint
The midpoint of two points (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is given by
x1 + x2 y1 + y2
P=e , o
2 2
Gradient
The gradient of the line between (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) is given by
y2 y1
m= x x
2 1
Parallel lines
If two lines are parallel, then they have the same gradient. That is,
m1 = m2
Perpendicular lines
Perpendicular distance
EXAMPLES
1. Show that triangle ABC is right angled, where A = (3, 4), B = (1, 1)
and C = ( 2, 8).
Solution
Method 1:
d = (x2 x1) 2 + (y2 y1) 2
AB = (1 3) 2 + (1 4) 2
= (4) 2 + (5) 2
= 16 + 25
= 41
AC = (2 3) 2 + (8 4) 2
= (5) 2 + 42
= 25 + 16
= 41
BC = (1 (2)) 2 + (1 8) 2
= 12 + (9) 2
= 1 + 81
= 82
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 23
AB2 + AC2 = 41 + 41
= 82
= BC2
Since Pythagoras theorem is true, the triangle ABC is right angled.
Method 2:
y2 y1
m=x x
2 1
1 4
m AB =
1 3
5
=
4
5
=
4
84
m AC =
2 3
4
=
5
4
=
5
5 4
m ABm AC =
4 5
= 1
So AB and AC are perpendicular
So triangle ABC is right angled at A.
Solution
Collinear points lie on the same straight line, so they will have the same
gradient.
y2 y1
m= x x
2 1
m AB =
11
2 1
= 2
3
=2
3
3 (1)
m BC =
4 ( 2)
=4
6
=2
3
m AB = m BC
So the points are collinear.
24 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
1.3 Exercises
1. Show that points A(1, 0), 9. (a) Prove that OAB and
B(0, 4), C(7, 0) and D(6, 4) are OCB are congruent given
the vertices of a parallelogram. A(3, 4), B(5, 0), C(2, 4) and O the
origin.
2. Prove that A(1, 5), B(4, 6) and
(b) Show that OABC is a
C( 3, 2) are vertices of a right
parallelogram.
angled triangle.
10. The points A(0, 0), B(2, 0), C(2, 2)
3. Given ABC with vertices
and D(0, 2) are the vertices of a
A(0, 8), B(3, 0) and C( 3, 0)
square. Prove that its diagonals
(a) show that ABC is isosceles
make angles of 45 with the sides
(b) find the length of the altitude
of the square.
from A
(c) find the area of the triangle. 11. Prove that P (2, 0), Q (0, 5),
R(10, 1) and S(8, 4) are the
4. Show that the points X ^ 3, 2 h,
vertices of a rectangle.
Y (2, 1) and Z (8, 3) are collinear.
12. The points A( 5, 0), B(1, 4) and
5. (a) Show that the points A ^ 2, 5 h,
C(3, 0) form the vertices of a
B(1, 0), C(7, 4) and D(3, 4) are
triangle.
the vertices of a kite.
(a) Find X and Y, the midpoints
(b) Prove that the diagonals of
of AB and AC respectively.
the kite are perpendicular.
(b) Show that XY and BC are
(c) Show that CE = 2AE where E
parallel.
is the point of intersection of the
(c) Show that BC = 2XY.
diagonals.
13. Show that the diagonals of
6. Find the radius of the circle that
a square are perpendicular
has its centre at the origin and a
bisectors, given the vertices
tangent with equation given by
of square ABCD where
4x 3y 5 = 0.
A = ^ a, 0 h, B = ^ a, a h, C = ^ 0, a h
7. (a) Find the equation of the and D = (0, 0).
perpendicular bisector of the line
14. (a) Show that points X ^ 3, 2 h and
joining A(3, 2) and B(1, 8).
Y (1, 0) are equal distances from
(b) Show that the point C(7, 9)
the line 4x 3y 1 = 0.
lies on the perpendicular bisector.
(b) Find Z, the x-intercept of the
(c) What type of triangle is ABC?
line.
8. Show that OAB and OCD are (c) What is the area of triangle
similar where (0, 7), (2, 0), (0, 14) XYZ?
and (4, 0) are the points A, B, C
15. ABCD is a quadrilateral with
and D respectively and O is the
A^ 3, 1 h, B^ 1, 4 h, C ^ 5, 2 h
origin.
and D ^ 4, 3 h . Show that the
midpoints of each side are the
vertices of a parallelogram.
Chapter 1 Geometry 2 25
Test Yourself 1
1. Triangle ABC is isosceles, with AB = AC. 6. In the figure AEF
D is the midpoint of AB and E is the CB CD
(a) prove =
midpoint of AC. BA DE
(b) find the length of AE.
(a) Prove that BEC is congruent to 7. Given A = (1, 3), B = (2, 4), C = (5, 4)
BDC. and D = (6, 3), prove ABCD is a
(b) Prove BE = DC. parallelogram.
2. If the diagonals of a rhombus are x and y, 8. A parallelogram has sides 5 cm and
show that the length of its side is 12 cm, with diagonal 13 cm.
x2 + y2
.
2
Challenge Exercise 1
1. In the figure, BD is the perpendicular (a) DE is parallel to BC
bisector of AC. Prove that ABC is 1
(b) DE = BC.
isosceles. 2
13. A plastic frame for a pair of glasses is designed as below. Find the length of plastic needed
for the frame, to the nearest centimetre.
2
Geometrical
Applications
of Calculus
TERMINOLOGY
Anti-differentiation: The process of finding a primitive Minimum turning point: A local stationary point (where
(original) function from the derivative. It is the inverse the first derivative is zero) and where the curve is
operation to differentiation concave up. The gradient of the tangent is zero
Concavity: The shape of a curve as it bends around (it can Monotonic increasing or decreasing function: A function is
be concave up or concave down) always increasing or decreasing
Differentiation: The process of finding the gradient of a Point of inexion: A point at which the curve is neither
tangent to a curve or the derivative concave upwards nor downwards, but where the
concavity changes
Gradient of a secant: The gradient (slope) of a line
between two points that lie close together on a curve Primitive function: The original function found by
working backwards from the derivative. Found by anti-
Gradient of a tangent: The gradient (slope) of a line that
differentiation
is a tangent to a curve at a point on a function. It is the
derivative of the function Rate of change: The rate at which the dependent variable
changes as the independent variable changes
Horizontal point of inexion: A stationary point (where
the first derivative is zero) where the concavity of the Stationary (turning) point: A local point at which the
curve changes gradient of the tangent is zero and the tangent is
horizontal. The first derivative is zero
Instantaneous rate of change: The derivative of a function
Maximum turning point: A local stationary point (where
the first derivative is zero) and where the curve is
concave down. The gradient of the tangent is zero
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 31
INTRODUCTION
YOU LEARNED ABOUT differentiation in the Preliminary Course. This is the
process of nding the gradient of a tangent to a curve. This chapter looks at
how the gradient of a tangent can be used to describe the shape of a curve.
Knowing this will enable us to sketch various curves and nd their maximum
and minimum values. The theory also allows us to solve various problems
involving maximum and minimum values.
Although Newton and Leibniz are said to have discovered calculus, elements of calculus were
around before then. It was Newton and Leibniz who perfected the processes and developed the
notation associated with calculus.
Pierre de Fermat (160165) used coordinate geometry to find maximum and minimum
values of functions. His method is very close to calculus. He also worked out a way of finding the
tangent to a curve.
The 17th-century mathematicians who developed calculus knew that it worked, but it was
not fully understood. Limits were not introduced into calculus until the nineteenth century.
Gradient of a Curve
To learn about the shape of a curve, we rst need to revise what we know
about the gradient of a tangent. The gradient (slope) of a straight line measures
the rate of change of y with respect to the change in x.
EXAMPLES
1.
2.
3.
4.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 33
In the examples on the previous page, where the gradient is positive, the
curve is going up, or increasing (reading from left to right).
Where the gradient is negative, the curve is going downwards, or
decreasing.
The gradient is zero at particular points of the curves. At these points
the curve isnt increasing or decreasing. We say the curve is stationary at these
points.
EXAMPLES
Solution
f l] x g = 2x 4
f l] x g > 0 for increasing curve
i.e. 2x 4 > 0
2x > 4
x>2
So the curve is increasing for x > 2.
This function is a
parabola.
CONTINUED
34 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
dy
= 2x 6
dx
dy
For stationary points, =0
dx
i.e. 2x 6 = 0
2x = 6
x=3
When x = 3, y = 3 6 3 g + 3
2 ]
= 6
So the stationary point is ^ 3, 6 h.
Solution
yl = 3x2 48
For stationary points, yl = 0
i.e. 3x2 48 = 0
3x2 = 48
x2 = 16
` x = 4
When x = 4, y = 43 48 (4) 7
= 135
When x = 4, y = ] 4 g3 48 ( 4) 7
You will use stationary points
to sketch curves later in this
= 121
chapter. So the stationary points are ^ 4, 135 h and ^ 4, 121 h.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 35
PROBLEM
Solution
yl = 4x + 1
For stationary points, yl = 0
i.e. 4x + 1 = 0
4x = 1
x = 0.25
When x = 0.25, y = 4 ( 0.25) + 1
= 1 + 1
=0 Can you find the
correct answer?
So the stationary point is ^ 0.25, 0 h.
2.1 Exercises
(a)
11. Find all values of x for which 21. A function has f (3) = 2 and
the curve f (x) = x 3 3x + 4 is f l] 3 g < 0. Show this information
decreasing. on a sketch.
12. Find the domain over which the 22. The derivative is positive at
curve y = x 3 + 12x 2 + 45x 30 is the point (2, 1). Show this
increasing. information on a graph.
13. Find any values of x for which the 23. Find the stationary points on the
curve y = 2x 3 21x 2 + 60x 3 is curve y = ] 3x 1 g ] x 2 g4.
(a) stationary
24. Differentiate y = x x + 1 . Hence
(b) decreasing
nd the stationary point on the
(c) increasing.
curve, giving the exact value.
14. The function f ] x g = 2x 2 + px + 7
25. The curve
has a stationary point at x = 3.
f (x) = ax 4 2x 3 + 7x 2 x + 5
Evaluate p.
has a stationary point at x = 1.
15. Evaluate a and b if Find the value of a.
y = x 3 ax 2 + bx 3 has stationary
26. Show that f (x) = x has no
points at x = 1 and x = 2.
stationary points.
16. (a) Find the derivative of
1
y = x 3 3x 2 + 27x 3. 27. Show that f ] x g = has no
x3
(b) Show that the curve is stationary points.
monotonic increasing for all
values of x.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 37
The curve is decreasing on the left and increasing on the right of the
minimum turning point.
The curve is increasing on the left and decreasing on the right of the
maximum turning point.
Local maximum and minimum points are also called turning points,
as the curve turns around at these points. They can also be called relative
maxima or minima.
EXAMPLES
Solution
dy
= 3x 2
dx
dy
For stationary points, =0
dx
i.e. 3x 2 = 0
x=0
When x = 0, y = 0 3
=0
So the stationary point is ^ 0, 0 h.
To determine its type, check the curve on the LHS and the RHS.
x 1 0 1
dy dy
Substitute x = 1 into
dx
. 3 0 3
dx
Solution
f l] x g = 6x 2 30x + 24
For stationary points, f l(x) = 0
i.e. 6x 2 30x + 24 = 0
x 2 5x + 4 = 0
(x 1) (x 4) = 0
` x = 1 or 4
f (1) = 2 ] 1 g3 15 ] 1 g2 + 24 ] 1 g 7
=4
So ^ 1, 4 h is a stationary point.
Substitute x = 0 and x = 2
into f(x). Take care that
x 0 1 2 there is no other stationary
f l] x g 24 0 12 point between the x values
you choose.
x 2 4 5
f l] x g 12 0 24
2.2 Exercises
10. Find any stationary points on the 19. Find any stationary points on the
curve f ] x g = x4 2x2 3. What 120
curve S = 2r + r (correct to 2
type of stationary points are they?
decimal places) and determine
11. The curve y = x3 3x + 2 has their nature.
2 stationary points. Find their
20. (a) Differentiate A = x 3600 x 2 .
coordinates and determine
(b) Find any stationary points for
their type.
A = x 3600 x 2 (to 1 decimal
place) and determine their nature.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 41
Higher Derivatives
A function can be differentiated several times:
differentiating f ] x g gives f l] x g
differentiating f l] x g gives f m] x g
Only the first 2 derivatives
differentiating f m] x g gives f n ] x g, and so on are used in sketching
d2 y d3 y graphs of curves.
the other notation is , and so on
dx2 dx3
EXAMPLES
Solution
f l(x) = 3x2 8x + 3
f m(x) = 6x 8
f n(x) = 6 Differentiating further will
only give 0.
f mm(x) = 0
Solution
dy
= 7 ] 2x + 5 g6 $ 2
dx
= 14 ] 2x + 5 g6
d2 y
= 14 $ 6 ] 2x + 5 g5 $ 2
dx2
= 168 ] 2x + 5 g5
3. Find f m] 1 g if f ] x g = x 4 1
Solution
f l(x) = 4x3
f m(x) = 12x2
` f m(1) = 12 ] 1 g2
= 12
42 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
2.3 Exercises
1. Find the rst 4 derivatives of 12. Find all values of x for
x 7 2x 5 + x 4 x 3. which f m] x g > 0 given that
f ] x g = x3 x2 + x + 9.
2. If f ] x g = x 9 5, nd f m] x g .
13. Differentiate ] 4x 3 g5 twice.
3. Find f l] x g and f m] x g if
f ] x g = 2x 5 x 3 + 1 . 14. Find f l] x g and f m] x g if
f ]xg = 2 x .
4. Find f l] 1 g and f m] 2 g, given
f ] t g = 3t 4 2t 3 + 5t 4. 15. Find the rst and second
x+5
derivatives of f ] x g = .
5. Find the rst 3 derivatives of 3x 1
x 7 2x 6 + 4x 4 7.
d2 v
16. Find if v = ] t + 3 g (2t 1) 2 .
6. Differentiate y = 2x 2 3x + 3 dt2
twice. 17. Find the value of b in
d2 y
y = bx 3 2x 2 + 5x + 4 if = 2
7. If f ] x g = x 4 x 3 + 2x 2 5x 1, nd dx2
f l] 1 g and f m] 2 g. 1
when x = .
2
8. Differentiate x 4 twice.
18. Find the exact value of f m] 2 g if
9. If g ] x g = x , nd g m] 4 g . f (x) = x 3x 4 .
Concavity
Notice the upward shape of these curves. The curve lies above the
tangents. We say that the curve is concave upwards.
If f m] x g < 0 then f l] x g is decreasing. This means that the gradient of the
tangent is decreasing. That is, the curve is becoming less steep.
Notice the downward shape of these curves. The curve lies below the
tangents. We say that the curve is concave downwards.
If f m] x g = 0 then f l] x g is stationary. That is, it is neither increasing nor
decreasing. This happens when the curve goes from being concave upwards to The point where concavity
changes is called an
concave downwards, or when the curve changes from concave downwards to inflexion.
concave upwards. We say that the curve is changing concavity.
Class Investigation
EXAMPLES
Solution
dy
= 4x 3
dx
d2 y
= 12x2
dx2
d2 y
For inflexions, =0
dx2
i.e. 12x2 = 0
x=0
When x = 0, y = 04
=0
The sign must change for So ^ 0, 0 h is a possible point of inexion.
concavity to change.
Check that concavity changes:
x 1 0 1
d y
2
12 0 12
dx2
What type of point is it?
Since concavity doesnt change, (0, 0) is not a point of inexion.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 45
Solution
Solution
yl = 3x2 12x + 5
y m = 6x 12
For inflexions, y m = 0
6x 12 = 0
6x = 12
` x=2
When x = 2, y = 2 3 6 ] 2 g2 + 5 (2) + 9
=3
` ^ 2, 3 h is a possible point of inexion
Check that concavity changes:
x 1 2 3
d y
2
6 0 6
dx 2
Since concavity changes, ^ 2, 3 h is a point of inexion.
2.4 Exercises
1. For what values of x is the curve 4. Show that the curve y = x2 is
y = x3 + x2 2x 1 concave always concave upwards.
upwards?
5. Find the domain over which
2. Find all values of x for which the curve f ] x g = x3 7x2 + 1 is
the curve y = ] x 3 g3 is concave concave downwards.
downwards.
6. Find any points of inexion on
3. Prove that the curve the curve g ] x g = x3 3x2 + 2x + 9.
y = 8 6x 4x2 is always concave
downwards. 7. Find the points of inexion on
the curve y = x4 6x2 + 12x 24.
46 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
8. Find the stationary point on the (b) Find which of these points
curve y = x 3 2. Show that it is an are horizontal points of inexion
inexion. (stationary points).
9. Find all values of x for 16. (a) Show that the curve
which the function y = x4 + 12x2 20x + 3 has no
f ] x g = x 4 + 2x 3 12x 2 + 12x 1 points of inexion.
is concave downwards. (b) Describe the concavity of the
curve.
10. Determine whether there are any
points of inexion on the curve 17. If y = ax3 12x2 + 3x 5 has
(a) y = x 6 a point of inexion at x = 2,
(b) y = x 7 evaluate a.
(c) y = x 5
18. Evaluate p if
(d) y = x 9
f ] x g = x4 6px2 20x + 11 has a
(e) y = x 12
point of inexion at x = 2.
11. Sketch a curve that is always
19. The curve
concave up.
y = 2ax4 + 4bx3 72x2 + 4x 3
12. Sketch a curve where f m] x g < 0 for has points of inexion at x = 2
x > 1 and f m] x g > 0 for x < 1. and x = 1. Find the values of a
and b.
13. Find any points of inexion on the
curve y = x4 8x3 + 24x2 4x 9. 20. The curve y = x6 3x5 + 21x 8
2 has two points of inexion.
14. Show that f ] x g = is concave
x2 (a) Find these points.
upwards for all x 0. (b) Show that these points of
inexion are not stationary
15. For the function
points.
f ] x g = 3x5 10x3 + 7
(a) Find any points of inexion.
If we combine the information from the rst and second derivatives, this
will tell us about the shape of the curve.
EXAMPLES
Solution
f ] 2 g = 1 means that the point ^ 2, 1 h lies on the curve.
If f l] 2 g > 0, the curve is increasing at this point.
If f m ] 2 g < 0, the curve is concave downwards at this point.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 47
dP d2 P
(a) Describe the sign of and 2 .
dt dt Remember that the gradient,
(b) How is the number of unemployed people changing over time? or first derivative, measures
the rate of change.
(c) Is the unemployment rate increasing or decreasing?
Solution
dP
(a) The curve is decreasing, so < 0 and the curve is concave upwards,
dt
d2 P
so > 0.
dt2
(b) As the curve is decreasing, the number of unemployed people is
decreasing.
(c) Since the curve is concave upwards, the gradient is increasing. This
means that the unemployment rate is increasing.
48 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
2.5 Exercises
1. For each curve, describe the sign 2. The curve below shows the
dy d2 y population of a colony of seals.
of and 2 .
dx dx
(a)
dM d2 M
Describe the sign of and .
dt dt2
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 49
Here is a summary of the shape of a curve given the rst and second
derivatives.
dy dy dy
>0 <0 =0
dx dx dx
d2 y
>0
dx2
d2 y
<0
dx2
d2 y
=0
dx2
50 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Class Investigation
There are three mistakes in this argument. Can you nd all of them?
1
y = 2 x = 2x 2
dy 1 1 1
= 2c x 2 m =
dx 2 2 x
dy
For stationary points, =0
dx
1
i.e. =0
2 x
1 = x
` 1 =x
So there are stationary points at x = 1 and x = 1.
EXAMPLES
1. Find the stationary points on the curve f ] x g = 2x3 3x2 12x + 7 and
distinguish between them.
Solution
f l] x g = 6x2 6x 12
For stationary points, f l] x g = 0
i.e. 6x2 6x 12 = 0
x2 x 2 = 0
(x 2) (x + 1) = 0
` x = 2 or 1
f (2) = 2 ] 2 g 3 3 ] 2 g 2 12 (2) + 7
= 13
So (2, 13) is a stationary point.
f (1) = 2 ] 1 g 3 3 ] 1 g 2 12 (1) + 7
= 14
So ^ 1, 14 h is a stationary point.
Now f m(x) = 12x 6
f m(2) = 12 (2) 6
= 18
>0 (concave upwards)
So ^ 2, 13 h is a minimum turning point.
f m(1) = 12 (1) 6
= 18
<0 (concave downwards)
So ^ 1, 14 h is a maximum turning point.
2. Find the stationary point on the curve y = 2x5 3 and determine its
nature.
Solution
yl = 10x 4
For stationary points, yl = 0
i.e. 10x4 = 0
` x=0
CONTINUED
52 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
When x = 0, y = 2 ] 0 g5 3
= 3
So ^ 0, 3 h is a stationary point.
Now y m = 40x 3
When x = 0, y m = 40 ] 0 g3
=0
So ^ 0, 3 h is a possible point of inexion.
Check concavity on the LHS and RHS:
x 1 0 1
d2 y
40 0 40
dx 2
2.6 Exercises
1. Find the stationary point on 8. Find the stationary points on
the curve y = x2 2x + 1 and the curve y = 3x4 4x3 12x2 + 1
determine its nature. and determine whether they are
maximum or minimum turning
2. Find the stationary point on the
points.
curve y = 3x4 + 1 and determine
what type of point it is. 9. Find any stationary points on the
curve y = ] 4x2 1 g4 and determine
3. Find the stationary point on the
their nature.
curve y = 3x2 12x + 7 and show
that it is a minimum point. 10. (a) Find any stationary points on
the curve y = 2x3 27x2 + 120x
4. Determine the stationary point
and distinguish between them.
on the curve y = x x2 and show
(b) Find any points of inexion
that it is a maximum turning
on the curve.
point.
11. Find any stationary points on
5. Show that the curve f ] x g = 2x3 5
the curve y = ] x 3 g 4 x and
has an inexion and nd its
determine their nature.
coordinates.
12. Find any stationary points on the
6. Does the function f ] x g = 2x5 + 3
curve y = x4 + 8x3 + 16x2 1 and
have a stationary point? If it
determine their nature.
does, determine its nature.
Curve Sketching
We can sketch curves by nding all of their important features, such as
stationary points, points of inexion and intercepts. Here is a summary of
strategies for sketching a curve.
For y-intercept, x = 0
4. Find domain and range.
5. Find any asymptotes or limits.
6. Use symmetry, odd or even functions.
7. Draw up a table of values.
EXAMPLES
Solution
f l(x) = 3x2 6x 9
and f m(x) = 6x 6
First, nd the stationary points.
For stationary points, f l(x) = 0
i.e. 3x 2 6x 9 = 0
x 2 2x 3 = 0
(x 3) (x + 1) = 0
` x = 1 or 3
CONTINUED
54 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
f (3) = ] 3 g 3 3 ] 3 g 2 9 (3) + 1
= 26
So (3, 26) is a stationary point.
f ( 1) = ] 1 g 3 3 ] 1 g 2 9 ( 1) + 1
=6
So ^ 1, 6 h is a stationary point.
f (1) = 1 3 3 ] 1 g 2 9 ] 1 g + 1
= 10
x 0 1 2
f m ]xg 6 0 6
For y -intercept, x = 0:
f (0) = 0 3 3 ] 0 g 2 9 (0) + 1
=1
For x-intercept, y = 0:
i.e. x 3 3x 2 9x + 1 = 0
This is too hard to solve.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 55
Now sketch the graph using an appropriate scale so that all stationary
points and points of inexion t on the graph.
Solution
dy
= 6x 2
dx
dy
For stationary points, =0
dx
i.e. 6x 2 = 0
x=0
When x = 0, y = 2 ] 0 g 3 + 1
=1
So (0, 1) is a stationary point.
d2 y
= 12x
dx 2
d2 y
At (0, 1) 2 = 12 (0)
dx
=0
So (0, 1) is a possible point of inexion.
x 1 0 1
d2 y
12 0 12
dx2
CONTINUED
56 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
We already know this point. It is (0, 1), the inexion. We can also nd a
point on either side of the inexion.
When x = 1, y = 2 ] 1 g 3 + 1
= 1
When x = 1, y = 2 ] 1 g 3 + 1
=3
2.7 Exercises
13. Find all stationary points 15. Find any stationary points
and inflexions on the curve x2
on the curve y = . By also
y = ] 2x + 1 g (x 2)4. Sketch the x2
curve. considering the domain of the
curve, sketch its graph.
2
14. Show that the curve y =
1+x
has no stationary points. By
considering the domain and
range of the function, sketch the
curve.
EXAMPLE
This curve has a maximum turning point at ^ 1, 6 h . We call it a The relative maximum
relative maximum point, since it does not give the maximum value of or minimum point
is also called a
the graph. Similarly, the curve has a relative minimum turning point at local maximum or
^ 3, 26 h . The curve does not have any absolute maximum or minimum minimum point.
value since it increases to infinity and decreases to negative infinity.
If we restrict the domain of the curve to, say, 4 x 4, then the
curve will have an absolute maximum and minimum value. The absolute
maximum is the greatest value of the curve in the domain. The absolute
minimum is the least value of the curve in the domain.
In order to find the maximum or minimum value of a curve, find
the values of the function at the endpoints of the domain as well as its
turning points.
CONTINUED
58 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
When x = 4, y = ] 4 g 3 3 ] 4 g 2 9 ( 4) + 1
= 75
When x = 4, y = 43 3 ] 4 g 2 9 (4) + 1
= 19
EXAMPLES
Solution
f l] x g = 2x 4
For stationary points, f l(x) = 0
i.e. 2x 4 = 0
2x = 4
x=2
f (2) = 2 2 4 (2) + 3
= 1
So ^ 2, 1 h is a stationary point.
f m(x) = 2
>0 (concave upwards)
` ^ 2, 1 h is a minimum turning point
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 59
Endpoints: f ] 4 g = ] 4 g 2 4 ( 4) + 3
= 35
f (3) = 3 2 4 (3) + 3
=0
Solution
yl = 4x 3 4x
For stationary points, yl = 0
i.e. 4x 3 4x = 0
4x (x 2 1) = 0
4x (x + 1) (x 1) = 0
` x = 0 or 1
When x = 1, y = 14 2 (1) 2 + 1
=0
So (1, 0) is a stationary point.
When x = 1, y = ] 1 g 4 2 ] 1 g 2 + 1
=0
So ^ 1, 0 h is a stationary point.
When x = 0, y = ] 0 g 4 2 ] 0 g 2 + 1
=1
So (0, 1) is a stationary point.
Now y m = 12x2 4
When x = 1, y m = 12 ] 1 g 2 4
=8
>0 (concave upwards)
CONTINUED
60 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
2.8 Exercises
PROBLEM
EXAMPLES
1. The equation for the expense per year (in units of ten thousand
dollars) of running a certain business is given by E = x 2 6x + 12, where
x is the number (in hundreds) of items manufactured.
(a) Find the expense of running the business if no items are
manufactured.
(b) Find the number of items needed to minimise the expense of the
business.
(c) Find the minimum expense of the business.
CONTINUED
62 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
E is the expense in units of (a) When x = 0, E = 0 2 6 (0) + 12
ten thousand dollars.
= 12
So the expense of running the business when no items are
manufactured is 12 $10 000, or $120 000 per year.
dE
(b) = 2x 6
dx
This will give any maximum
dE
or minimum values of E. For stationary points, =0
dx
i.e. 2x 6 = 0
2x = 6
x=3
d2 E
=2>0 (concave upwards)
dx 2
x is the number of items in
hundreds. ` x = 3 gives a minimum value
So 300 items manufactured each year will give the minimum expenses.
(c) When x = 3, E = 32 6 ] 3 g + 12
=3
So the minimum expense per year is $30 000.
Solution
Vl = 6h 2 24h + 18
For stationary points, Vl = 0
i.e. 6h 2 24h + 18 = 0
h 2 4h + 3 = 0
(h 1) (h 3) = 0
So h = 1 or 3
V m = 12h 24
When h = 1, V m = 12 (1) 24
= 12
<0 (concave downwards)
So h = 1 gives a maximum V.
When h = 3, V m = 12 (3) 24
= 12
>0 (concave upwards)
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 63
So h = 3 gives a minimum V.
When h = 1, V = 2 ] 1 g 3 12 ] 1 g 2 + 18 ] 1 g + 50
= 58
So the maximum volume is 58 m3.
EXAMPLES
1. A rectangular prism has a base with length twice its breadth. The volume
900
is to be 300 cm3. Show that the surface area is given by S = 4x2 + x .
Solution
Volume: V = lbh
= 2x x h
300 = 2x 2 h
300
` =h (1)
2x 2
Surface area:
S = 2 (lb + bh + lh)
= 2 (2x 2 + xh + 2xh)
= 2 (2x 2 + 3xh)
= 4x 2 + 6xh
Now we substitute (1) into this equation.
300
S = 4x 2 + 6x $
2x 2
900
= 4x 2 + x
CONTINUED
64 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
(a) +EAB = +BCF = 90 (given)
+BFC = +EBA (corresponding +s, AB < DC )
+BEA = +FBC (similarly, AD < BC )
` AEB and CBF are similar (AAA)
10 x
(b) `
y =8 (similar triangles have sides in proportion)
xy = 80
80
Substituting xy = 80 and y = x into the area equation gives:
1
A= (xy + 8y + 10x + 80)
2
1 80
= (80 + 8 $ x + 10x + 80)
2
1 640
= (160 + x + 10x)
2
320
= 80 + x + 5x
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 65
2.9 Exercises
1. The area of a rectangle is to be 6. A timber post with a rectangular
50 m2. cross-sectional area is to be cut
out of a log with a diameter of
280 mm as shown.
2. A rectangular paddock on a
farm is to have a fence with a
120 m perimeter. Show that the
(a) Show that y = 78400 x 2 .
area of the paddock is given by
(b) Show that the cross-sectional
A = 60x x 2 .
area is given by A = x 78400 x 2 .
3. The product of two numbers is
7. A 10 cm 7 cm rectangular piece
20. Show that the sum of the
of cardboard has equal square
20
numbers is S = x + x . corners with side x cut out and
folded up to make an open box.
4. A closed cylinder is to have a
volume of 400 cm3.
9. Joel is 700 km north of a town, 10. Sean wants to swim from point
travelling towards it at an average A to point B across a 500 m wide
speed of 75 km/h. Nick is 680 km river, then walk along the river
east of the town, travelling bank to point C. The distance
towards it at 80 km/h. along the river bank is 7 km.
When you have found the equation, you can use calculus to nd the
maximum or minimum value. The process is the same as for nding stationary
points on curves.
Always check that an answer gives a maximum or minimum value. Use
the second derivative to nd its concavity, or if the second derivative is too
hard to nd, check the rst derivative either side of this value.
EXAMPLES
Solution
Let the length of the rectangle be y and the width be x.
Perimeter: 2x + y = 300 m
` y = 300 2x (1)
Area A = xy
= x (300 2x) 7 substituting ] 1 g A
= 300x 2x 2
dA
= 300 4x
dx
dA
For stationary points, =0
dx
i.e. 300 4x = 0
300 = 4x
75 = x
d2 A
= 4 < 0 (concave downwards)
dx2
So x = 75 gives maximum A.
When x = 75, y = 300 2 (75)
= 150
So the dimensions that give the maximum area are 150 m 75 m.
2. Trinh and Soi set out from two towns. They travel on roads that meet
at right angles, and they walk towards the intersection. Trinh is initially
15 km from the intersection and walks at 3 km/h. Soi is initially 10 km
from the intersection and walks at 4 km/h.
(a) Show that their distance apart after t hours is given by
D2 = 25t2 170t + 325.
(b) Hence nd how long it takes them to reach their minimum distance
apart.
(c) Find their minimum distance apart.
Solution
(a) After t hours, Trinh has walked 3t km. She is now 15 3t km from
the intersection.
After t hours, Soi has walked 4t km. He is now 10 4t km from the
intersection.
CONTINUED
68 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
By Pythagoras theorem:
D2 = ] 15 3t g 2 + ] 10 4t g 2
= 225 90t + 9t2 + 100 80t + 16t2
= 25t2 170t + 325
dD 2
(b) = 50t 170
Dt
dD 2
For stationary points, =0
dt
i.e. 50t 170 =0
50t = 170
t = 3 .4
d2 D2
= 50 > 0 (concave upwards)
dt 2
So t = 3.4 gives minimum D 2 .
Now 0.4 60 minutes = 24 minutes
` 3.4 hours = 3 hours and 24 minutes
So Trinh and Soi are a minimum distance apart after 3 hours and
24 minutes.
(c) When t = 3.4, D 2 = 25 ] 3.4 g 2 170 (3.4) + 325
= 36
D = 36
=6
So the minimum distance apart is 6 km.
2.10 Exercises
1. The height, in metres, of a 3. The perimeter of a rectangle
ball is given by the equation is 60 m and its length is x m.
h = 16t 4t 2, where t is time in Show that the area of the
seconds. Find when the ball will rectangle is given by the equation
reach its maximum height, and A = 30x x 2 . Hence nd the
what the maximum height will be. maximum area of the rectangle.
x
A (-a, 0)
x
Y
2a
(a) Show that b = .
a1
(b) Find values of a and b that
(a) Show that the distance d give the minimum area of
between X and Y is given by triangle OAB.
d = 2x 2 6x + 5.
(b) Find the minimum distance 24. Grant is at point A on one side
between X and Y. of a 20 m wide river and needs to
get to point B on the other side
22. A park is to have a dog-walking 80 m along the bank as shown.
enclosure in the shape of a
A
rectangle with a semi-circle at the
end as shown, and a perimeter of 20 m x
1200 m.
x 80 m B
Class Challenge
1. Herons problem
One boundary of a farm is a straight river bank, and on the farm stands
a house and some distance away, a shed; each is sited away from the
river bank. Each morning the farmer takes a bucket from his house to
the river, lls it with water, and carries the water to the shed.
Find the position on the river bank that will allow him to walk the
shortest distance from house to river to shed. Further, describe how the
farmer could solve the problem on the ground with the aid of a few
stakes for sighting.
Primitive Functions
This chapter uses differentiation to nd the gradient of tangents and
stationary points of functions.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 73
EXAMPLE
Sketch the primitive function (the original function) given the derivative
function below.
Solution
Reversing what you would do to sketch the derivative function, the
parts at the x-axis have a zero gradient, so show stationary points on the
original function. There are stationary points at x1 and x2.
The parts of the graph above the x-axis show a positive gradient, so
the original function is increasing. This happens to the left of x1 and to
the right of x2.
The parts of the graph below the x-axis show a negative gradient, so
the original function is decreasing. This happens between x1 and x2.
Sketching this information gives:
CONTINUED
74 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
Solution
The derivative of x2 is 2x
` a primitive function of 2x is x2
Solution
The derivative of x2 + 5 is 2x
` a primitive function of 2x is x2 + 5
Solution
The derivative of x2 3 is 2x
` a primitive function of 2x is x2 3
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 75
EXAMPLES
Solution
The derivative of x2 is 2x.
x2 x2
The derivative of is x. So the primitive of x is + C.
2 2
Solution
The derivative of x3 is 3x2.
x3
The derivative of is x2.
3
x3
So the primitive of x2 is + C.
3
dy xn + 1
If = xn then y = +C
dx n+1
where C is a constant
Proof
d xn + 1 ] n + 1 g xn + 1 1
c + Cm =
dx n + 1 n+1
= xn
EXAMPLES
dy
1. The gradient of a curve is given by = 6x2 + 8x. If the curve passes
dx
through the point ^ 1, 3 h, nd the equation of the curve.
Solution
dy
= 6x 2 + 8x
dx
x3 x2
y = 6c m + 8c m + C
3 2
` y = 2x 3 + 4x 2 + C
CONTINUED
76 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
2. If f m] x g = 6x + 2 and f l] 1 g = f ] 2 g = 0, nd f ] 3 g .
Solution
f m(x) = 6x + 2
x2
f l(x) = 6 c m + 2x + C
2
= 3x 2 + 2x + C
Now f l(1) = 0
So 0 = 3 ] 1 g 2 + 2 (1) + C
5 = C
` f l(x) = 3x2 + 2x 5
x3 x2
f (x) = 3 c m + 2 c m 5x + C
3 2
= x 3 + x 2 5x + C
Now f ( 2) = 0
So 0 = ] 2 g 3 + ] 2 g 2 5 (2) + C
= 8 + 4 + 10 + C
6 = C
` f (x) = x 3 + x 2 5x 6
f (3) = 3 3 + 3 2 5 (3) 6
= 27 + 9 15 6
= 15
2.11 Exercises
1. Find the primitive function of 2. Find f (x) if
(a) 2x 3 (a) f l(x) = 6x 2 x
(b) x2 + 8x + 1 (b) f l(x) = x4 3x2 + 7
(c) x5 4x3 (c) f l(x) = x 2
(d) ] x 1 g 2 (d) f l(x) = (x + 1) (x 3)
(e) 6 1
(e) f l(x) = x 2
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 77
3. Express y in terms of x if d2 y dy
dy 11. If = 12x + 6 and = 1 at the
dx 2
dx
(a) = 5x 4 9
dx point ^ 1, 2 h, nd the equation
dy of the curve.
(b) = x 4 2x 2
dx
12. If f m(x) = 6x 2 and
dyx3 f l] 2 g = f ] 2 g = 7, nd the
(c) = x2
dx 5 function f ] x g .
dy 2
(d) = 13. Given f m(x) = 5x 4, f l(0) = 3 and
dx x2
f ] 1 g = 1, nd f ] 2 g .
dy 2x
(e) = x3 +1
dx 3 d2 y
14. If = 2x + 1 and there is a
dx2
4. Find the primitive function of
stationary point at (3, 2), nd the
(a) x
equation of the curve.
(b) x 3
1 d2 y
(c) 8 15. A curve has = 8x and the
x dx2
1 2
(d) x 2 + 2x 3
tangent at (2, 5) makes an angle
(e) x 7
2x 2 of 45 with the x-axis. Find the
equation of the curve.
dy
5. If = x3 3x2 + 5 and y = 4 when 16. The tangent to a curve with
dx
d2 y
x = 1, nd an equation for y in = 2x 4 makes an angle
dx2
terms of x.
of 135 with the x-axis in the
6. If f l(x) = 4x 7 and f (2) = 5, nd positive direction at the point
f (x) . ^ 2, 4 h . Find its equation.
y = 3 when x = 1, nd the d2 y
20. A curve has = 12x 24 and
equation of y in terms of x. dx2
a stationary point at ^ 1, 4 h .
Evaluate y when x = 2.
78 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Test Yourself 2
1. Find the stationary points on the curve (a) show that the surface area of a can is
y = x 3 + 6x 2 + 9x 11 and determine their 750
given by S = 2 r2 + r
nature.
(b) nd the radius of the can that gives
2. Find all x-values for which the curve the minimum surface area.
y = 2x 3 7x 2 3x + 1 is concave upwards.
12. For the curve y = 3x 4 + 8x 3 + 6x 2,
dy (a) nd any stationary points
3. A curve has = 6x2 + 12x 5. If the (b) determine their nature
dx
curve passes through the point (2, 3), (c) sketch the curve for 3 x 3.
nd the equation of the curve.
13. A rectangular prism with a square base is
4. If f (x) = 3x 5 2x 4 + x 3 2, nd to have a surface area of 250 cm2.
(a) f (1) (a) Show that the volume is given by
(b) f l(1) 125x x3
V= .
(c) f m] 1 g 2
(b) Find the dimensions that will give
5. The height in metres of an object thrown
the maximum volume.
up into the air is given by h = 20t 2t 2
where t is time in seconds. Find the 14. Find all x-values for which the curve
maximum height that the object reaches. y = 3x 2 18x + 4 is decreasing.
18. Sketch a primitive function for each (a) Show that the area of the garden is
graph. 1
A = x 25 x2 .
2
(a) (b) Find the greatest possible area of the
garden bed.
Challenge Exercise 2
1. Find the rst and second derivatives of 10. Find the radius and height, correct to
5x 2 decimal places, of a cylinder that holds
.
] 4x2 + 1 g3 200 cm3, if its surface area is to be a
minimum.
2. Sketch the curve y = x ] x 2 g3, showing
any stationary points and inexions. 11. A curve passes through the point (0, 1)
and the gradient at any point is given by
3. Find all values of x for which the curve ] x + 3 g ] x 5 g. Find the equation of the
y = 4x 3 21x 2 24x + 5 is increasing. curve.
4. Find the maximum possible area if a 12. The cost of running a car at an average
straight 8 m length of fencing is placed v2
speed of km/h is given by c = 150 +
across a corner to enclose a triangular 80
space. cents per hour. Find the average speed, to
the nearest km/h, at which the cost of a
500 km trip is a minimum.
8. The rate of change of V with respect to t 16. If f m(x) = x 9 and f l(1) = f (2) = 7,
dV ] nd f (3) .
is given by = 2t 1 g 2 . If V = 5 when
dt dy 1
t=
1
, nd V when t = 3. 17. Given = and y = 1 when x = 4,
2 dx ^ x 5 h2
nd
9. (a) Show that the curve y = x 1 has
d2 y
no stationary points. (a) when x = 6
(b) Find the domain and range of the dx2
curve. (b) y when x = 6.
(c) Hence sketch the curve.
Chapter 2 Geometrical Applications of Calculus 81
18. Show that y = x n has a stationary point at (b) What values of k give a minimum
(0, 0) where n is a positive integer. turning point?
(a) If n is even, show that (0, 0) is a
21. Find the minimum and maximum values
minimum turning point.
x+3
(b) If n is odd, show that (0, 0) is a point of y = 2 in the domain 2 x 2.
x 9
of inexion.
22. The cost of running a car at an average
19. Find the maximum possible volume if a V2
rectangular prism with a length twice its speed of V km/h is given by c = 100 +
75
breadth has a surface area of 48 cm2. cents per hour. Find the average speed (to
the nearest km/h) at which the cost of a
20. (a) Find the stationary point on the
1000 km trip is a minimum.
curve y = x k + 1 where k is a positive
integer.
3
Integration
TERMINOLOGY
Denite integral: The integral or primitive function Indenite integral: General primitive function represented
restricted to a lower and upper boundary. It has the
by # f (x) dx
#a
b
notation f (x) dx and geometrically represents the area
Integration: The process of finding a primitive function
between the curve y = f (x), the x-axis and the ordinates Odd function: A function where f ( x) = f (x). An odd
x = a and x = b function has rotational symmetry about the origin
Even function: A function where f ( x) = f (x). It is
symmetrical about the y-axis
Chapter 3 Integration 83
INTRODUCTION
INTEGRATION IS THE PROCESS of finding an area under a curve.
It is an important process in many areas of knowledge, such as
surveying, physics and the social sciences. In this chapter, you will
look at approximation methods of integrating, as well as shorter
methods that lead to finding areas and volumes. You will learn
how integration and differentiation are related.
Box text...
Approximation Methods
Mathematicians used rectangles in order to find the approximate area between
a curve and the x-axis.
84 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
NOTATION
The area of each rectangle is f (x) x where f (x) is the height and x is
the width of each rectangle. As x " 0, sum of rectangles " exact area.
The symbol # comes Area = lim f (x) x
x"0
from S, the sum of
rectangles. = # f (x) dx
Now there are other, more accurate ways to nd the area under a
curve. However, the notation is still used.
Trapezoidal rule
The trapezoidal rule uses a trapezium for the approximate area under a
curve. A trapezium generally gives a better approximation to the area than a
rectangle.
1
#a
b
f (x) dx Z (b a) [ f (a) + f (b)]
2
Proof
1
A= h (a + b)
2
1
= (b a) [ f (a) + f (b)]
2
EXAMPLES
dx
#1
4
1. Find an approximation for x using the trapezoidal rule.
Solution
dx 4 1
#1 x = #1 x dx
4
1
#a
b
f (x) dx Z(b a) [ f (a) + f (b)]
2
#1 dx 1
4
x Z 2 (4 1) [ f (1) + f (4)]
Chapter 3 Integration 85
1 1 1
= (3) c + m 1
The function f (x) is x .
2 1 4
3 5
=
2 4
= 1.875
#0
1
2. Find an approximation for x 3 dx using the trapezoidal rule with
2 subintervals.
Solution
1
#a
b
f (x) dx Z (b a) [ f (a) + f (b)] The function is x3.
2
#0 #0 x3 dx + # x3 dx
1 0.5 1
x3 dx Z
0.5
1 1
= (0.5 0) [ f (0) + f (0.5)] + (1 0.5) [ f (0.5) + f (1)]
2 2
1 1
= (0.5) (0 3 + 0.5 3) + (0.5) (0.5 3 + 1 3)
2 2
= 0.25 (0.125) + 0.25 (1.125)
= 0.3125
h
#a
b
f (x) dx Z [(y + yn ) + 2 (y1 + y2 + y3 + . . . + yn 1 )]
2 0
ba
where h = n ^ width of each trapezium h
Proof
h h h h
#a
b
f (x) dx Z ( y + y 1 ) + ( y 1 + y 2 ) + ( y 2 + y 3 ) + . . . + (y n 1 + y n )
2 0 2 2 2
h
= (y + 2y 1 + 2y 2 + 2y 3 + . . . + 2y n 1 + y n )
2 0
h
= [(y 0 + y n ) + 2 (y 1 + y 2 + y 3 + . . . + y n 1 )]
2
EXAMPLES
#0
14
1. Find an approximation for (t 2 + 3) dt, using the trapezoidal rule
with 7 subintervals.
Solution
Seven subintervals
mean 7 trapezia.
Chapter 3 Integration 87
h
#a
b
f (x) dx Z
[(y + yn ) + 2 (y1 + y2 + y3 + . . . + yn 1)]
2 0
#0 (t2 + 3) dt Z h2 [(y0 + y7) + 2 (y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 + y5 + y6 )]
14
14 0
where h=
=2
7
#0 (t2 + 3) dt Z 22 " [(02 + 3) + (142 + 3)] + 2 [(22 + 3) + (42 + 3)
14
2
#2
3
2. Find an approximation for dx, using the trapezoidal rule
x 1
with 4 subintervals, correct to 3 decimal places.
Solution
There are 4
trapezia.
h
#a
b
f (x) dx Z [(y + y 4 ) + 2 (y 1 + y 2 + y 3 )]
2 0
ba
where h= n
32
=
4
= 0.25
2 0.25 2 2 2 2 2
#2
3
dx Z <c + m + 2c + + mF
x1 2 21 31 2.25 1 2.5 1 2.75 1
Z 0.125[(2 + 1) + 2 (1.6 + 1.3333 + 1.1429)]
= 1.394
Application
When surveyors need to find the area of an irregular piece of land, they measure
regular strips and use an approximation method such as the trapezoidal rule.
CONTINUED
88 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLE
xm 0 1 2 3 4
ym 3.7 5.9 6.4 5.1 4.9
Using the trapezoidal rule to find its area, correct to 2 decimal places:
# h
b
[(y + y 4) + 2 (y 1 + y 2 + y 3 )]
f (x) dx Z
a 2 0
ba
Where h = n
40
=
4
=1
# 1
4
f (x) dx Z [(y + y 4) + 2 (y 1 + y 2 + y 3 )]
0 2 0
1
= [(3.7 + 4.9) + 2 (5.9 + 6.4 + 5.1)]
2
= 21.7
3.1 Exercises
Use the trapezoidal rule to nd an approximation for
#1 #1
2 3
1. x2 dx using 1 subinterval. 5. x3 dx using
(a) 1 subinterval
#0
2
2. (x 3 + 1) dx using 1 subinterval.
(b) 2 subintervals.
dx
#1
5
#2
3
3. x using 1 subinterval. 6. log x dx using 2 subintervals.
dx
#1 dx
2
#0
2
4. using 1 subinterval. 7. using 2 strips.
x+3 x+4
Chapter 3 Integration 89
#1 #1
4 4
8. log x dx using 3 subintervals. 14. f (t) dt where values of f (t) are
given in the table:
#0
2
9. (x2 x) dx using 4 trapezia.
t 1 2 3 4
#0
1
10. x dx using 5 subintervals. f (t) 8.9 6.5 4.1 2.9
1
#1
5
#2
14
11. dx using 4 subintervals. 15. f (x) dx where values of f (x)
x2
are given in the table:
1
12. #
6
dx using 6 trapezia.
3 x 1
x 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
#1
9
13. f (x) dx where values of f (x) are f (x) 25.1 37.8 52.3 89.3 67.8 45.4 39.9
given in the table:
x 1 3 5 7 9
f (x) 3.2 5.9 8.4 11.6 20.1
Simpsons rule
This is generally more accurate than the trapezoidal rule, since it makes use of
parabolic arcs instead of straight lines.
ba a+b
#a
b
f (x) dx Z < f (a) + 4f c m + f (b ) F
6 2
Proof
This proof is difcult and is only included for completion of the topic. It uses
results that will be studied later in the chapter.
90 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
a+b
Let f (a) = y0, f c m = y1 and f (b) = y2
2
Let the parabola passing through points A ( h, y 0), B (0, y 1) and C (h, y 2) be
given by y = ax 2 + bx + c
Then y0 = a ] h g 2 + b ] h g + c
(1)
y0 = ah 2 bh + c
y 1 = a ] 0 g 2 + b (0) + c
(2)
y1 = c
y 2 = a ] h g 2 + b ( h) + c
(3)
y 2 = ah 2 + bh + c
y 0 + 4y 1 + y 2 = ah 2 bh + c + 4c + ah 2 + bh + c
(4)
= 2ah 2 + 6c
h
# h ] ax2 + bx + c g dx = ; ax3 bx2
h 3
+ + cx E
2 h
You will study this
ah3 bh2 ah3 bh2
later in the chapter. =c + + ch m c + ch m
3 2 3 2
2ah3
= + 2ch
3
h
= (2ah2 + 6c)
3
h
= ( y 0 + 4 y 1 + y 2)
3
ba a+b
Now h = , y0 = f (a), y1 = f c m and y2 = f (b)
2 2
ba
2 a+b
#a
b
` f (x) dx = < f (a) + 4f c m + f (b) F
3 2
ba a+b
= < f (a) + 4f c m + f (b) F
6 2
EXAMPLES
Solution
CONTINUED
92 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
ba a+b
#a
b
f (x) dx Z < f (a) + 4f c m + f ( b) F
6 2
32 2+3
#2
3
x dx Z < f (2) + 4 f c m + f (3) F
6 2
1
= ( 2 + 4 2. 5 + 3 )
6
Z 1.58
Solution
ba a+b
#a
b
f (x) dx Z < f (a) + 4f c m + f (b) F
6 2
#0 x dx =#
dx
+#
dx
2 1 2
+1 0 x+1 1 x+1
10 0+1 21 1+2
Z < f (0) + 4f c m + f ( 1) F + < f (1) + 4f c m + f (2 ) F
6 2 6 2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
= < + 4c m+ F+ < + 4c m+ F
6 0+1 0 .5 + 1 1+1 6 1+1 1. 5 + 1 2+1
= 1 .1
There is a general formula for n equal subintervals. There are different versions
of this formula. This one uses the function values y0 to yn.
h
#a
b
f (x) dx Z
[(y + yn) + 4 (y1 + y3 + y5 + . . .) + 2 (y2 + y4 + . . .)]
3 0
ba
where h = n for n subintervals (n + 1 function values)
Proof
2h 2h 2h
#a
b
f (x) dx = (y0 + 4y1 + y2) + (y2 + 4y3 + y4) + (y + 4y5 + y6)
6 6 6 4
2h
+ ... + (y + 4yn 1 + yn)
6 n2
h
= (y0 + 4y1 + y2 + y2 + 4y3 + y4 + y4 + 4y5 + y6 + . . . + yn 2 + 4yn 1 + yn)
3
h
= [(y0 + yn) + 4 (y I + y3 + y5 + . . .) + 2 (y2 + y4 + . . .)]
3
EXAMPLES
Solution
h
#a
b
f (x) dx Z
[(y + y6) + 4 (y1 + y3 + y5) + 2 (y2 + y4)]
3 0
ba
where h = n
41
=
6
= 0 .5
Use the log key on your
0 .5
#1
4
log x dx Z [ log 1 + log 4 + 4 (log 1.5 + log 2.5 + log 3.5) calculator.
3
+ 2 (log 2 + log 3)]
Z 1.105
CONTINUED
94 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
h
#a
b
f (x) dx Z [(y + y8 ) + 4 (y1 + y3 + y5 + y7 ) + 2 (y2 + y4 + y6 )]
3 0
ba
where h= n
5 1
=
8
= 0.5
1 0.5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
#1
5
dx Z < + + 4c + + + m + 2 c 2 + 2 + 2 mF
x2 3 12 52 1.52 2.52 3.52 4.52 2 3 4
Z 0.8
#1
4
3. Use Simpsons rule to nd an approximation for f (x) dx using the
values in the table below:
x 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
f(x) 8.6 11.9 23.7 39.8 56.7 71.4 93.2
Solution
#
4
h
f (x) dx Z [( y 0 + y 6 ) + 4 ( y 1 + y 3 + y 5 ) + 2 ( y 2 + y 4 )]
1 3
41
where h=
6
= 0.5
#
4
0 .5
f (x) dx Z [(8.6 + 93.2) + 4 (11.9 + 39.8 + 71.4) + 2 (23.7 + 56.7)]
1 3
Z 125.83
Chapter 3 Integration 95
3.2 Exercises
Use Simpsons rule to nd an approximation for
#1 1
3
#1
7
1. x4 dx using 3 function values. 11. dx using 7 function values.
x3
#3
5
1
12. # 2
5
2. (x 2 1) dx using 3 ordinates. dx using 6 subintervals.
2 x 1
dx
#1
3
#0
4
3. x using 2 subintervals. 13. f (x) dx where values of f(x) are
dx given in the table:
#0
1
4. using 3 function values.
x+2
x 0 1 2 3 4
#2
4
5. x dx using
f(x) 0.7 1.3 5.4 0.5 3.8
(a) 3 function values
(b) 5 function values.
#2
4
14. f (t) dt where values of f(t) are
#3
7
6. log x dx using 5 function given in the table:
values.
t 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
dx
#2
5
7. using 6 subintervals. f(t) 3.7 1.2 9.8 4.1 2.7
x+1
#3
6
#0
3
8. log x dx using 7 function 15. f (x) dx where values of f(x) are
values. given in the table:
#0
4
9. (x 3 + x) dx using 9 ordinates.
x 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
#0
4
10. x dx using 5 function values. f(x) 15.3 29.2 38.1 56.2 69.9 94.8 102.5
Computer Application
There are computer application packages that can calculate the area under curves
by using rectangles, the trapezoidal rule or Simpsons rule.
EXAMPLE
The graph below shows the speed at which an object travels over time.
Solution
(a) The speed is a constant 30 metres per second (ms 1)
(i) The object travels 30 metres in 1 s
(ii) The object travels 60 metres in 2 s
(iii) The object travels 90 metres in 3 s
(b) (i) The area is 30 1 = 30 units2
Notice that the area (ii) The area is 30 2 = 60 units2
gives the distances.
(iii) The area is 30 3 = 90 units2
In this example, the line graph gives a rate of change. The area under
the curve gives the information about the original data for this rate of
change.
In the same way, the area under a rate of change curve will give the
original data. This original data is the primitive function of the curve.
Chapter 3 Integration 97
Many mathematicians in the 17th century were interested in the problem of finding areas
under a curve. Isacc Barrow (163077) is said to be the first to discover that differentiation
and integration are inverse operations. This discovery is called the fundamental theorem of
calculus.
Barrow was an Englishman who was an outstanding Greek scholar as well as making
contributions in the areas of mathematics, theology, astronomy and physics. However, when he
was a schoolboy, he was so often in trouble that his father was overheard saying to God in his
prayers that if He decided to take one of his children, he could best spare Isaac.
Sir Isaac Newton (16431727), another English mathematician, and scientist and
astronomer, helped to discover calculus. He was not interested in his school work, but spent
most of his time inventing things, such as a water clock and sundial.
He left school at 14 to manage the estate after his stepfather died. However, he spent so
much time reading that he was sent back to school. He went on to university and developed his
theories in mathematics and science which have made him famous today.
The area enclosed by the curve y = f (x), the x-axis and the lines x = a and
x = b is given by
#a
b
f (x) dx = F (b) F (a) where F(x) is the primitive of function f(x)
Proof
Consider a continuous curve y = f (x) for all values of x > a
98 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
A(a) = F(a) + C
0 = F(a) + C
F(a) = C
` A(x) = F(x) F(a)
If x = b where b > a,
A(b) = F(b) F(a)
Denite Integrals
By the fundamental theorem of calculus,
# f (x) dx = F(b) F(a) where F(x) is the primitive function of f(x).
b
xn + 1
The primitive function of x n is + C.
n+1
Putting these pieces of information together, we can nd areas under
simple curves.
Chapter 3 Integration 99
xn + 1 b
#a
b
xn = < F
n+1 a
bn + 1 an + 1
=
n+1 n+1
EXAMPLES
Evaluate
#3
4
1. (2x + 1) dx
Solution
#3
4 4
(2x + 1) dx = 8 x2 + x B 3
Constant C will cancel out. That
= ( 4 2 + 4 ) ( 3 2 + 3) is, (4 2 + 4 + C ) (3 2 + 3 + C )
= 20 12 = 20 12
= 8.
=8
#0
5
2. 3x2 dx
Solution
#0
5 5
3x 2 dx = 8 x 3 B 0
= (5 3) (0 3)
= 125
CONTINUED
100 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
#0
2
3. 3x2 dx
Solution
#0
2 2
3x2 dx = : x3 D
0
= (23) (03)
= 8
# 1 x3 dx
1
4.
Solution
4 1
# 1 x 3 dx = ; x4 E 1
1
1 4 ( 1)
4
=
4 4
1 1
=
4 4
The definite integral gives an area
of zero. Can you see why? =0
Chapter 3 Integration 101
3.3 Exercises
Evaluate
#0 # 1 (3x2 2x) dx #3
2 4 4
1. 4x dx 9. 18. (2 x) 2 dx
#1 #1 # 2 4t3 dt
3 3 2
2. (2x + 1) dx 10. (4x2 + 6x 3) dx 19.
x2
#0 # 1 x2 dx #2
5 1 4
3. 3x2 dx 11. 20. dx
3
Simplify first, then find the
5x 4
#1 # 2 (x3 + 1) dx #0
2 3 3
4. (4t 7) dt 12. 21. x dx
definite integral.
3x
# 2 x
4
# 1 (6y + 5) dy # 2 x5 dx
1 2 1
5. 13. 22. x dx
4x 3 + x 2 + 5 x
#0 #1 #0
3 4 2
6. 6x2 dx 14. x dx 23. x dx
x 3 2x 2 + 3x
#1 #0 #0
2 1 1
7. (x2 + 1) dx 15. (x3 3x2 + 4x) dx 24. x dx
x2 + x + 3
#0 #1 #3
2 2 4
8. 4x3 dx 16. (2x 1) 2 dx 25. dx
3x5
# 1 (y3 + y) dy
1
17.
Class Investigation
Look at the results of denite integrals in the examples and exercises.
Sketch the graphs where possible and shade in the areas found.
Can you see why the denite integral sometimes gives a
negative answer?
Can you see why it will sometimes be zero?
Indenite Integrals
Sometimes it is necessary to nd a general or indenite integral (primitive
function).
In Chapter 2 you learned the result for the primitive function of x n. This
result is the same as the integral of x n.
n+1
# x n dx = nx + 1 + C
102 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
1. # (x4 3x2 + 4x 7) dx
Solution
# (x4 3x2 + 4x 7) dx = x5 x3 x2
5
3: +4: 7x + C
3 2
x5
= x 3 + 2x 2 7 x + C
5
2. # 5x9 dx
Solution
# 5x9 dx = 5 c x10 m + C
10
+ 7x2 3x l
# b 2x
5
3. x dx
Solution
7x 2 3 x
# b 2xx
5
+ x x l dx = # (2x4 + 7x 3) dx
2 x 5 7x 2
= + 3x + C
5 2
4. # c x13 + x m dx
Solution
1
# c x13 + x m dx = # (x 3 + x 2 ) dx
3
x 2 x 2
= + +C
2 3
2
1 2 x3
= 2 + +C
2x 3
Chapter 3 Integration 103
John Wallis (16161703) found that the area under the curve y = 1 + x + x2 + x3 + . . . is
given by
x2 x3 x4
x+ + + + ....
2 3 4
3.4 Exercises
Find each indenite integral (primitive function)
EXAMPLE
d ]
2x + 3 g5 = 5 ] 2x + 3 g4 $ 2
dx
= 10 ] 2x + 3 g4
Remember: Integration is the
reverse of differentiation. ` # 10 ] 2x + 3 g4 dx = ] 2x + 3 g5 + C
1
# ] 2x + 3 g4 dx = 10 # 10 ] 2x + 3 g4 dx
1 ]
= 2x + 3 g5 + C
10
(ax + b) n + 1
# (ax + b) dx =
n
a ( n + 1)
+C
Proof
d ]
ax + b gn + 1 = ] n + 1 g ] ax + b gn $ a
dx
= a ] n + 1 g ] ax + b gn
` # a ] n + 1 g ] ax + b gn dx = ] ax + b gn + 1 + C
# ] ax + b gn dx = ] 1 g # a ] n + 1 g ] ax + b gn dx
a n+1
1 ] ax + b gn + 1 + C
=
a n + 1g
]
] ax + b gn + 1
= +C
a ]n + 1g
Chapter 3 Integration 105
EXAMPLES
Find
1. # (5x 9)3 dx
Solution
(5x 9)4
# (5x 9)3 dx =
54
+C
(5x 9)4
= +C
20
2. # (3 x)8 dx
Solution
(3 x)9
# (3 x)8 dx = 1 9
+C
(3 x)9
= +C
9
3. # 4x + 3 dx
Solution
3
1 (4x + 3) 2
# (4x + 3) dx =
2
3
+C
4
2
(4x + 3) 3
= +C
6
3.5 Exercises
Find each indenite integral (primitive function)
(3x 1) 2
#0
1 1
(m) # (2 x) 2 dx (e) dx
6
(n) # (t + 3)3 dt
#4
5
(f) (5 x)6 dx
(o) # (5x + 2)5 dx
#3
6
(g) x 2 dx
2. Evaluate
#1
2
dx
#0
1
(a) (2x + 1)4 dx (h)
(3x 2) 4
#0
1
(b) (3y 2)3 dy 5
#0
2
(i) dn
(2n + 1) 3
#1
2
(c) (1 x)7 dx
2
#1
4
(j) dx
#0
2
(d) (3 2x)5 dx (5x 4)3
Class Exercise
3x 2
Differentiate (x + 1) 2x 3 . Hence nd # dx.
2x 3
#a
b
Area = f (x) dx
EXAMPLES
Solution
Sketch y = 2 + x x 2 .
Area = # (2 + x x2) dx
2
x2 x3 2
= < 2x + F
2 3 1
2 2
23 (1) 2 (1) 3
= c 2 ( 2) + m d 2 (1) + n
2 3 2 3
8 1 1
= c 4 + 2 m c 2 + + m
3 2 3
1
=4
2
So the area is 4 1 units2.
2
CONTINUED
108 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
The integral will be Sketch y = x 2 4.
negative as the area is
below the x-axis.
2
# 2 (x2 4)dx = < x3
2 3
4x F
2
2 3 (2)3
=c 4 ( 2) m d 4 (2) n
3 3
8 8
= c 8m c + 8m
3 3
2
= 10
3
2
So the area is 10 units2.
3
3. Find the area enclosed between the curve y = x 3, the x-axis and the
lines x = 1 and x = 3.
Solution
Sketch y = x 3.
0 4 (1)
4
=
4 4
1
=
4
1
So A 1 = units2.
4
x4 3
#0
3
x3 dx = ; E
4 0
34 04
=
4 4
81
=
4
81
So A2 =
units 2 .
4
1 81
A1 + A2 = +
4 4
1
= 20 units 2
2
EXAMPLES
1. Find the area between the curve y = x 3, the x-axis and the lines x = 2
and x = 2.
Solution
# 2 x 3 dx = 0
2
y = x 3 is an odd function
Area = 2 # x 3 dx
2
since f ( x) = f (x) .
0
x4 2
= 2; E
4 0
24 04
= 2c m
4 4
=8
So the area is 8 units2.
2. Find the area between the curve y = x 2, the x-axis and the lines x = 4
and x = 4.
Solution
y = x 2 is an even function
# 4 x 2 dx = 2 #0
4 4
since f ( x) = f (x) . x 2 dx
x3 4
= 2< F
3 0
43 03
= 2c m
3 3
2
= 42
3
So the area is 42 2 units2.
3
3.6 Exercises
1. Find the area enclosed between 5. Find the area bounded by the
the curve y = 1 x 2 and the x-axis. curve y = x 2 + 9x 20 and the
x-axis.
2. Find the area bounded by the
curve y = x 2 9 and the x-axis. 6. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = 2x 2 5x + 3 and
3. Find the area enclosed between
the x-axis.
the curve y = x 2 + 5x + 4 and the
x-axis. 7. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = x 3, the x-axis and
4. Find the area enclosed between
the lines x = 0 and x = 2.
the curve y = x 2 2x 3 and the
x-axis.
Chapter 3 Integration 111
8. Find the area enclosed between 15. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = x 4, the x-axis and 1
the curve y = 2 , the x-axis and
the lines x = 1 and x = 1. x
the lines x = 1 and x = 3.
9. Find the area enclosed between
16. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = x 3, the x-axis and
2
the lines x = 2 and x = 2. the curve y = , the x-axis
(x 3) 2
and the lines x = 0 and x = 1.
10. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = x 3, the x-axis and 17. Find the area bounded by the
the lines x = 3 and x = 2. curve y = x , the x-axis and the
line x = 4.
11. Find the area bounded between
the curve y = 3x 2, the x-axis and 18. Find the area bounded by the
the lines x = 1 and x = 1. curve y = x + 2 , the x-axis and
the line x = 7.
12. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = x 2 + 1, the x-axis 19. Find the area bounded by the
and the lines x = 2 and x = 2. curve y = 4 x 2 , the x-axis and
the y-axis in the rst quadrant.
13. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = x 2, the x-axis and 20. Find the area bounded by the
the lines x = 3 and x = 2. x-axis, the curve y = x 3 and the
lines x = a and x = a.
14. Find the area enclosed between the
curve y = x 2 + x, and the x-axis.
To nd the area between a curve and the y-axis, we change the subject of the
equation of the curve to x. That is,
x = f (y) .
The denite integral is given by
#a f (y) dy or # x dy
b b
EXAMPLES
1. Find the area enclosed by the curve x = y2, the y-axis and the lines
y = 1 and y = 3.
Solution
Area = # y 2 dy
3
y3 3
== G
3 1
33 13
=
3 3
2
= 8 units 2
The integral is positive 3
since the area is to the
right of the y-axis.
2. Find the area enclosed by the curve y = x2, the y-axis and the lines
y = 0 and y = 4 in the rst quadrant.
Solution
0
R 3 V4
S y2 W
=S W
SS 3 WW
T 2 X0 4
2 y3
=> H
3 0
2 43 2 03
=
3 3
1
= 5 units 2
3
Chapter 3 Integration 113
3. Find the area enclosed between the curve y = x + 1 , the y-axis and
the lines y = 0 and y = 3.
Solution
y= x+1
y2 = x + 1
y2 1 = x
#0 ^ y 2 1 h dy + # ^ y 2 1 h dy
1 3
Area =
1
1 3
y3 y3
= = yG + = yG
3 0 3 1
13 03 33 13
= c 1m c 0m + c 3m c 1m
3 3 3 3
2 2
= +6 +
3 3
2 2
= +6
3 3
1
= 7 units 2
3
3.7 Exercises
1. Find the area bounded by the 4. Find the area between the lines
y-axis, the curve x = y2 and the y = x 1, y = 0 and y = 1 and the
lines y = 0 and y = 4. y-axis.
2. Find the area enclosed between 5. Find the area bounded by the line
the curve x = y3, the y-axis and y = 2x + 1, the y-axis and the lines
the lines y = 1 and y = 3. y = 3 and y = 4.
3. Find the area enclosed between 6. Find the area bounded by the
the curve y = x2, the y-axis and curve y = x , the y-axis and the
the lines y = 1 and y = 4 in the lines y = 1 and y = 2.
rst quadrant.
114 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
7. Find the area bounded by the 12. Find the area enclosed between
curve x = y 2 - 2y - 3 and the y-axis. the curve y = x3 - 2 and the y-axis
between y = -1 and y = 25.
8. Find the area bounded by the
curve x = -y 2 - 5y - 6 and the 13. Find the area enclosed between
y-axis. the lines y = 4 and y = 1 - x in the
second quadrant.
9. Find the area enclosed by the
curve y = 3x 5 , the y-axis and 14. Find the area enclosed between the
the lines y = 2 and y = 3. y-axis and the curve x = y(y - 2).
10. Find the area enclosed between 15. Find the area bounded by the
1 curve y = x4 + 1, the y-axis and the
the curve y = 2 , the y-axis and
x lines y = 1 and y = 3 in the rst
the lines y = 1 and y = 4 in the
quadrant, correct to 2 signicant
rst quadrant.
gures.
11. Find the area enclosed between
the curve y = x3, the y-axis and
the lines y = 1 and y = 8.
EXAMPLES
1. Find the area enclosed between the curve y = x2, the y-axis and the
lines y = 0 and y = 4 in the rst quadrant.
Solution
A = Area of rectangle # x 2 dx
2
x3 2
= (4 2) < F
3 0
8 0
= 8 c m
3 3
This example was done before 1
by finding the area between = 5 units 2
3
the curve and the y-axis.
Chapter 3 Integration 115
2. Find the area enclosed between the curves y = x2, y = (x 4)2 and the x-axis.
Solution
Solve simultaneous equations to nd the intersection of the curves.
y = x2 (1)
y = ]x 4 g2 (2 )
` x2 = ] x 4 g 2
= x 2 8x + 16
0 = 8x + 16
8x = 16
x=2
Area = # x2 dx + # ] x 4 g2 dx
2 4
0 2
4
x3 2 < ] x 4 g 3 F
=< F +
3 0 3 2
8 0 0 8
= c m+c m
3 3 3 3
1
= 5 units2
3
3. Find the area enclosed between the curve y = x2 and the line y = x + 2.
Solution
Solve simultaneous equations to nd the intersection of the curve and line.
y = x2 (1)
y=x+2 (2)
` x2 = x + 2
x2 x 2 = 0
(x 2 ) (x + 1 ) = 0
x = 2 or 1
Area = # ] x + 2 g dx # x 2 dx
2 2
1 1
= # ] x + 2 x 2 g dx
2
x2 x3 2
=< + 2x F
2 3 1
22 23 (1)2 (1)3
=c + 2 (2) m d + 2 (1) n
2 3 2 3
8 1 1
= c2 + 4 m c 2 + m
3 2 3
1
= 4 units2
2
116 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
3.8 Exercises
1. Find the area bounded by the line 9. Find the area enclosed between
y = 1 and the curve y = x2. the curve y = x3, the x-axis and
the line y = -3x + 4.
2. Find the area enclosed between
the line y = 2 and the curve 10. Find the area enclosed by the
y = x2 + 1. curves y = (x - 2)2 and y = (x - 4)2.
3. Find the area enclosed by the 11. Find the area enclosed between
curve y = x2 and the line y = x. the curves y = x2 and y = x3.
4. Find the area bounded by the 12. Find the area enclosed by the
curve y = 9 - x2 and the line y = 5. curves y = x2 and x = y2.
5. Find the area enclosed between 13. Find the area bounded by the
the curve y = x2 and the line curve y = x2 + 2x - 8 and the line
y = x + 6. y = 2x + 1.
6. Find the area bounded by the 14. Find the area bounded by the
curve y = x3 and the line y = 4x. curves y = 1 - x2 and y = x2 - 1.
7. Find the area enclosed between 15. Find the exact area enclosed
the curves y = (x - 1)2 and between the curve y = 4 x 2
y = (x + 1)2. and the line x - y + 2 = 0.
Volumes
The volume of a solid can be found by rotating an area under a curve about
the x-axis or the y-axis.
Chapter 3 Integration 117
V = # y 2 dx
b
Proof
Volume = r2 h
= y 2 x
Taking the sum of an innite number of these discs,
Volume = lim y2 x
x " 0
= # y2 dx
b
= # y2 dx
b
a
118 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
1. Find the volume of the solid of revolution formed when the curve
x2 + y2 = 9 is rotated about the x-axis between x = 1 and x = 3.
Solution
x2 + y2 = 9
` y2 = 9 x2
V = # y2 dx
b
= # ^ 9 x2 h dx
3
1
3
x3
= < 9x F
3 1
1
= c (27 9) (9 ) m
3
28
= units 3
3
Solution
y = 3x 2
y 2 = ] 3x 2 g 2
#a
b
V= y2 dx
#1
2
= ] 3x 2 g2 dx
2
Use the function of a ] 3x 2 g3
function rule = < F
33 1
43 13 n
= d
9 9
63
=
9
= 7 units3
Chapter 3 Integration 119
PROBLEM
Solution
y = x2 + 1
y2 = ^ x2 + 1 h
2
`
V = # y2 dx
b
= # ^ x2 + 1 h dx
2 2
0
3 2
^ x2 + 1 h
== G
3 0
^ 22 + 1 h 3 ^ 02 + 1 h 3
=e o
3 3
53 13 n
=d
3 3
124
= units3
3
What is the correct volume?
The formula for rotations about the y-axis is similar to the formula for the
x-axis.
V = # x2 dy
b
a
120 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLE
Find the volume of the solid formed when the curve y = x2 - 1 is rotated
about the y-axis from y = -1 to y = 3.
Solution
y = x2 1
` y + 1 = x2
#a
b
V= x2 dy
# 1 ^ y + 1 h dy
3
=
3
y2
== + yG
2 1
9 1
= < c + 3 m c 1 mF
2 2
= 8 units3
3.9 Exercises
1. Find the volume of the solid 3. Find the volume of the solid of
of revolution formed when the revolution that is formed when
curve y = x2 is rotated about the the curve y = x2 + 2 is rotated about
x-axis from x = 0 to x = 3. the x-axis from x = 0 to x = 2.
5. Find the volume of the solid 15. Find the volume of the solid
formed when the curve x = y2 - 5 formed when the curve
is rotated about the x-axis between y = x + 3 is rotated about the
x = 0 and x = 3. x-axis from x = 1 to x = 6.
6. Find the volume of the solid of 16. Find the volume of the solid
revolution formed by rotating the formed when the curve y = x is
line y = 4x - 1 about the x-axis rotated about the y-axis between
from x = 2 to x = 4. y = 1 and y = 4.
7. Find the volume of the 17. Find the volume of the solid
hemisphere formed when the formed when the curve
curve x2 + y2 = 1 is rotated about y = 4 x 2 is rotated about the
the x-axis between x = 0 and y-axis from y = 1 to y = 2.
x = 1.
18. Find the volume of the solid
8. The parabola y = (x + 2) is rotated
2
formed when the line
about the x-axis from x = 0 to x + 3y - 1 = 0 is rotated about the
x = 2. Find the volume of the y-axis from y = 1 to y = 2.
solid formed.
19. Find the volume of the solid
9. Find the volume of the spherical formed when the line
cap formed when the curve x + 3y - 1 = 0 is rotated about the
x2 + y2 = 4 is rotated about the x-axis from x = 0 to x = 8.
y-axis from y = 1 to y = 2.
20. The curve y = x3 is rotated about
10. Find the volume of the the y-axis from y = 0 to y = 1.
paraboloid formed when y = x2 is Find the volume of the solid
rotated about the y-axis from formed.
y = 0 to y = 3.
21. Find the volume of the solid of
11. Find the volume of the solid revolution formed if the area
formed when y = x2 - 2 is rotated enclosed between the curves
about the y-axis from y = 1 to y = x2 and y = (x - 2)2 is rotated
y = 4. about the x-axis.
12. The line y = x + 2 is rotated about 22. The area bounded by the curve
the y-axis from y = -2 to y = 2. y = x2 and the line y = x + 2 is
Find the volume of the solid rotated about the x-axis. Find the
formed. exact volume of the solid formed.
13. Determine the volume of the 23. Show that the volume of a sphere
solid formed when the curve is given by the formula
y = x3 is rotated about the x-axis 4
V = r3 by rotating the
from x = -1 to x = 4. 3
semicircle y = r 2 x 2 about the
14. Find the volume of the solid
x-axis.
formed when the curve y = x is
rotated about the x-axis between
x = 0 and x = 5.
122 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Application
The table below shows the results of the measurements, where x stands for the
regular intervals chosen, in metres, and y is the depth in metres.
Using Simpsons rule to find an approximation for the volume of the lake, correct
to 2 significant figures:
#
b
V= y2 dx
a
= #
300
y 2 dx
0
# h
b
f ] x g dx Z 8 _ y0 + y6 i + 4 _ y1 + y3 + y5 i + 2 _ y2 + y4 i B
a 3
ba
where h=
6
300 0
=
6
= 50
Chapter 3 Integration 123
# 50
300
y 2 dx Z 6 ] 10.22 + 9.82 g + 4 ] 39.12 + 43.22 + 15.72 g + 2 ] 56.92 + 28.52 g @
0 3
= 381 099.3
#
300
` V= y 2 dx
0
= 381 099.3
Z 1197 258.866
= 1 200 000 correct to 2 significant figures
So the volume of the lake is approximately 1 200 000 m3 of water.
124 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Test Yourself 3
1. (a) Use the trapezoidal rule with 2 (b)
subintervals to nd an approximation
2 dx
to # .
1 x2
0
9. The line y = 2x 3 is rotated about the
4. Evaluate
x-axis from x = 0 to x = 3. Find the
#0
2
(a) ] x3 1 g dx volume of the solid of revolution.
# 1 x5 dx
1
#1 3x 4 2x 3 + x 2 1
2
(b) 10. Evaluate dx.
x2
#0
1
(c) ] 3x 1 g4 dx 11. Find the area bounded by the curve
5. Draw a primitive function of the y = x 3, the y-axis and the lines y = 0
following curves. and y = 1.
(a) 12. Find the indenite integral (primitive
function) of ] 7x + 3 g11 .
15. (a) Change the subject of y = ] x + 3 g2 to x. 18. Find the volume of the solid formed
(b) Find the area bounded by the curve if the curve y = x 3 is rotated about the
y = ] x + 3 g2, the y-axis and the lines y = 9 y-axis from y = 0 to y = 1.
and y = 16 in the first quadrant.
19. Find
(c) Find the volume of the solid formed
if this area is rotated about the y-axis.
(a) # 5 ] 2x 1 g4 dx
# 34x
5
(b) dx
#0
4
16. Evaluate ] 3t 6t + 5 g dt .
2
Challenge Exercise 3
1. (a) Find the area enclosed between the 7. Find the area enclosed between the
curves y = x 3 and y = x 2 . 3
curve y = , the y-axis and the lines
(b) Find the volume of the solid formed x2
if this area is rotated about the x-axis. y = 1 and y = 3, using the trapezoidal rule
with 4 subintervals.
2. (a) Show that f ] x g = x 3 + x is an odd
function. 8. Find the exact volume of the solid
1
(b) Hence find the value of # f ] x g dx.
2
formed by rotating the curve y = x about
2
(c) Find the total area between f ] x g, the the x-axis between x = 1 and x = 3.
x-axis and the lines x = 2 and x = 2.
9. Show that the area enclosed between the
3. The curve y = 2 x is rotated about the 1
curve y = x , the x-axis and the lines x = 0
x-axis between x = 1 and x = 2. Use
Simpsons rule with 3 function values to and x = 1 is infinite by using Simpsons
find an approximation of the volume of rule with 3 function values.
the solid formed, correct to 3 significant
10. (a) Sketch the curve y = x ] x 1 g ] x + 2 g .
figures.
(b) Find the total area enclosed between
4. Find the area enclosed between the the curve and the x-axis.
curves y = ] x 1 g2 and y = 5 x 2 .
11. Find the exact area bounded by the
5. (a) Differentiate ] x 4 1 g9 . parabola y = x 2 and the line y = 4 x.
(b) Hence find # x 3 ] x 4 1 g8 dx. 12. Find the volume of the solid formed
2x 2 + 1 when the curve y = ] x + 5 g2 is rotated
6. (a) Differentiate .
3x 2 4 about the y-axis from y = 1 to y = 4.
x
#0
1
(b) Hence evaluate dx.
^ 3x 2 4 h 2
126 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
13. (a) Find the derivative of x x + 3 . 16. For the shaded region below, find
x+2 (a) the area
(b) Hence find # dx.
x+3 (b) the volume when this area is rotated
about the y-axis.
14. (a) Evaluate # ] x2 x + 1 g dx.
3
1
(b) Use Simpsons rule with 3 function
#1
3
values to evaluate ] x2 x + 1 g dx and
show that this gives the exact value.
Exponential equation: Equation where the pronumeral is Logarithm: A logarithm is an index. The logarithm is the
the index or exponent such as 3 x = 9 power or exponent of a number to a certain base
i.e. 2 x = 8 is the same as log2 8 = x
Exponential function: A function in the form y = a x where
the variable x is a power or exponent
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 133
INTRODUCTION
THIS CHAPTER INTRODUCES A new irrational number, e, that has
special properties in calculus. You will learn how to differentiate
and integrate the exponential function f (x) = e x.
The denition and laws of logarithms are also introduced in
this chapter, as well as differentiation and integration involving
logarithms.
John Napier (15501617), a Scottish theologian and an amateur mathematician, was the first to
invent logarithms. These natural, or Naperian, logarithms were based on e. Napier was also
one of the first mathematicians to use decimals rather than fractions. He invented the notation of
the decimal, using either a comma or a point. The point was used in England, but a few European
countries still use a comma.
Henry Briggs (15611630), an Englishman who was a professor at Oxford, decided that
logarithms would be more useful if they were based on 10 (our decimal system). These are called
common logarithms. Briggs painstakingly produced a table of logarithms correct to 14 decimal
places. He also produced sine tablesto 15 decimal placesand tangent tablesto 10 decimal
places.
The work on logarithms was greatly appreciated by Kepler, Galileo and other astronomers
at the time, since they allowed the computation of very large numbers.
EXAMPLE
Solution
CONTINUED
134 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLE
Solution
f (x + h ) f ( x )
f l(x) = lim
h "0 h
10 x + h 10 x
= lim
h "0 h
10 x (10 h 1)
= lim
h "0 h
You can explore 10 h 1
limits using a
= 10 lim
x
h "0 h
graphics package
on a computer or a 10 h 1
graphical calculator.
Using the 10 x key on the calculator, and nding values of when h
h
is small, gives the result:
f l(x) Z 2.3026 10x
or d
(10x ) Z 2.3026 10x
dx
Application
This means that the rate of change of y is proportional to y itself. That is, if y is
small, its rate of change is small, but if y is large, then it is changing rapidly.
This is called exponential growth (or decay, if k is negative) and has many
applications in areas such as population growth, radioactive decay, the cooling of
objects, the spread of infectious diseases and the growth of technology.
EXAMPLES
d x
1. (2 ) Z 0.6931 2 x.
dx
y
y = 0.6931 2x
12 y = 2x
10
8
6
4
2
x
3 2 1 1 2 3
d x
2. (3 ) Z 1.0986 3 x.
dx
12 y = 3x
y = 1.0986 3x
10
8
6
4
2
x
3 2 1 1 2 3
136 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
e is an irrational number d x
like . (e ) = e x
dx
The number e was linked to logarithms before this useful result in calculus was known. It is
A transcendental
a transcendental (irrational) number. This was proven by a French mathematician, Hermite,
number is a number
in 1873. Leonhard Euler (170783) gave e its symbol, and he gave an approximation of e to
beyond ordinary
23 decimal places. Currently, e is known to about 100 000 decimal places.
numbers. Another
Euler studied mathematics, theology, medicine, astronomy, physics and oriental languages.
transcendental
He did extensive research into mathematics and wrote more than 500 books and papers.
number is .
Euler gave mathematics much of its important notation. He caused to become standard
notation and used i for the square root of 1. He first used small letters to show the sides of
triangles and the corresponding capital letters for their opposite angles. Also, he introduced
the symbol S for sums and f(x) notation.
ex KEY
EXAMPLES
Solution
Use ex on your calculator to draw up a table of values:
x 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
y 0.05 0.1 0.4 1 2.7 7.4 20.1
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 137
2. Differentiate 5e x.
Solution
d x
(e ) = e x
dx
d d
` (5e x) = 5 (e x)
dx dx
= 5e x
3. Find the equation of the tangent to the curve y = 3e x at the point (0, 3).
Solution
dy
= 3e x
dx
dy
At (0, 3), = 3e 0
dx
dy
=3 gives the gradient of
dx
` m=3 the tangent.
Equation y y1 = m (x x1)
y 3 = 3 (x 0 )
= 3x
y = 3x + 3
CONTINUED
138 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
2x + 3
4. Differentiate .
ex
Solution
This is the quotient rule
from Chapter 8 of the dy u lv v lu
Preliminary Course book. =
dx v2
2 . e x e x ( 2 x + 3)
=
( e x) 2
2e x 2xe x 3e x
=
e 2x
e x 2xe x
=
e 2x
e x (1 + 2x)
=
e 2x
(1 + 2x)
=
ex
4.1 Exercises
1. Find, correct to 2 decimal places, (j) x 2 e x
the value of (k) (2x + 1) e x
(a) e 1.5 ex
(b) e 2 (l)
7x 3
(c) 2e 0.3 5x
1 (m)
(d) 3 ex
e
(e) 3e 3.1 4. If f (x) = x 3 + 3x e x, nd f l(1)
and f m(1) in terms of e.
2. Sketch the curve
(a) y = 2e x 5. Find the exact gradient of the
(b) y = e x tangent to the curve y = e x at the
(c) y = e x point (1, e).
9. Find the equation of the normal 11. Find the rst and second
to the curve y = e x at the point derivatives of y = 7e x. Hence show
where x = 3, in exact form. d 2y
that = y.
10. Find the stationary point on the dx 2
curve y = xe x and determine its d2y
12. If y = 2e x + 1, show that = y 1.
nature. Hence sketch the curve. dx 2
EXAMPLE
+ 5x 3
Differentiate e x .
2
Solution
Let u = x 2 + 5x 3
Then y = e u
du dy
= 2x + 5 and = eu
dx du
dy dy du
=
dx du dx
= e u (2x + 5)
= e x + 5x 3 (2x + 5)
2
Can you see a quick way to
do this?
= (2x + 5) e x + 5x 3
2
dy
If y = e f (x) then = f l(x) ef (x)
dx
Proof
Let u = f (x)
Then y = eu
dy du
= e u and = f l(x)
du dx
dy dy du
=
dx du dx
= e u f l(x)
= f l(x) e f (x)
140 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
1. Differentiate e 5x 2
Solution
y l = f l(x) e f (x)
= 5e 5x 2
2. Differentiate x 2 e 3x.
Solution
This is the product rule from
Chapter 8 of the Preliminary dy
Course book. = ulv + vlu
dx
= 2x . e3x + 3e3x . x2
= xe3x (2 + 3x)
d2 y
3. Given y = 2e 3x + 1, show that = 9 (y 1) .
dx 2
Solution
y = 2e 3x + 1
dy
= 6e 3x
dx
d2 y
= 18e 3x
dx 2
= 9 (2e 3x)
= 9 (2e 3x + 1 1)
= 9 (y 1)
4.2 Exercises
1. Differentiate e 3x
(a) e 7x (m)
x2
(b) e x 3 5x
(n) x e
(c) e 6x 2 e 2x + 1
(o)
(d) e x + 1
2
2x + 5
(e) ex + 5x + 7
3
d 2y dy
+2 + ny = 0.
8. If f (x) = 4x 3 + 3x 2 e 2x, nd dx 2
dx
f m(1) in terms of e.
14. Sketch the curve y = e x + x 2,
2
# e x dx = e x + C
EXAMPLE
Differentiate e 2x + 1.
Hence nd # 2e 2x + 1 dx.
Find # e 2x + 1 dx.
Solution
d 2x + 1
(e ) = 2 e 2x + 1
dx Integration is the inverse of
` # 2e 2x + 1 dx = e 2x + 1 + C differentiation.
# e 2x + 1 dx = 12 # 2e 2x + 1 dx
1 2x + 1
= e +C
2
142 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
In general
# e ax + b dx = 1a e ax + b + C
Proof
d ax + b
(e ) = ae ax + b
dx
` # ae ax + b dx = e ax + b + C
# e ax + b dx = 1a # ae ax + b dx
1
= a e ax + b + C
EXAMPLES
1. Find # (e 2x e x) dx.
Solution
# (e 2x e x) dx = 12 e 2x (11) e x + C
1 2x
= e + ex + C
2
2. Find the exact area enclosed between the curve y = e 3x, the x-axis and
the lines x = 0 and x = 2.
Solution
Area = # e 3x dx
2
0
2
1
= ; e 3x E
3 0
1 6 1 0
= e e
3 3
1 6
= (e e 0)
3
1
= (e 6 1) units 2
3
3. Find the volume of the solid of revolution formed when the curve
y = e x is rotated about the x-axis from x = 0 to x = 2.
Solution
y = ex
Use index laws to simplify (e x) 2. ` y 2 = ( e x) 2
= e 2x
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 143
V = # y2 dx
b
= # e2x dx
2
0
2
1
= ; e2x E
2 0
1 4 1 0
=c e e m
2 2
1 4 1
=c e m
2 2
4
= (e 1) units3
2
4.3 Exercises
1. Find these indenite integrals.
#5
6
(c) (ex + 5 + 2x 3) dx
(a) # e dx 2x
#0
1
(d) (e 3t + 4 t) dt
(b) # e 4x dx
#1
2
(e) (e 4x + e 2x) dx
(c) # e x dx
(d) # e 5x dx 4. Find the exact area enclosed by
the curve y = 2e 2x, the x-axis and
(e) # e 2x dx
the lines x = 1 and x = 2.
(f) # e 4x + 1 dx
5. Find the exact area bounded by
(g) # 3e 5x dx the curve y = e 4x 3, the x-axis and
(h) # e 2t dt the lines x = 0 and x = 1.
#0
1
(a) e 5x dx 7. Find the area bounded by the
curve y = e 5x, the x-axis and the
#0
2
(b) e x dx
lines x = 0 and x = 1, correct to
#1
4
(c) 2e 3x + 4 dx 3 signicant gures.
#2
3
(d) (3x 2 e 2x) dx 8. Find the exact volume of the
solid of revolution formed when
#0
2
(e) (e 2x + 1) dx
the curve y = e x is rotated about
#1
2
(f) (e x x) dx the x-axis from x = 0 to x = 3.
#0
3
(g) (e 2x e x) dx 9. Find the volume of the solid formed
when the curve y = e x + 1 is rotated
3. Evaluate correct to 2 decimal places.
about the x-axis from x = 1 to x = 2,
#1
3
(a) e x dx correct to 1 decimal place.
#0
2
(b) 2e 3y dy
144 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Application
The exponential function occurs in many fields, such as science and economics.
You will study these formulae in P = P0 e kt is a general formula that describes exponential growth.
Chapter 6. - kt
P = P0 e is a general formula that describes exponential decay.
Logarithms
Logarithm is another name for the index or power of a number. Logarithms
are related to exponential functions, and allow us to solve equations like
2 x = 5. They also allow us to change the subject of exponential equations such
as y = e x to x.
Definition
If y = a x, then x = loga y
Logarithm keys
EXAMPLES
Solution
Use the log key.
log 10 5.3 = 0.724275869
= 0.7 correct to 1 decimal place
Solution
Use the In key.
log e 80 = 4.382026634
= 4.38 correct to 3 significant figures
Solution
Let log3 81 = x
Then 3 x = 81 (by definition)
i.e. 3x = 34
` x=4
So log3 81 = 4.
1
4. Find the value of log 2 .
4
Solution
1
Let log2 =x
4
1
Then 2x =
4
1
= 2
2
= 22
` x = 2
1
So log2 = 2.
4
146 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Class Investigation
2. On the same set of axes, sketch the curve y = 2 x and the line y = x.
What do you notice?
4.4 Exercises
1. Evaluate 1
(d) log 5
(a) log2 16 25
(b) log4 16 (e) log 7 4 7
(c) log5 125 1
(f) log3 3
(d) log3 3 3
(e) log7 49 1
(g) log4
(f) log7 7 2
(h) log8 2
(g) log5 1
(h) log2 128 (i) log 6 6 6
2
2. Evaluate (j) log2
4
(a) 3 log2 8
4. Evaluate correct to 2 decimal
(b) log5 25 + 1
places.
(c) 3 log3 81
(a) log10 1200
(d) 4 log3 27
(b) log10 875
(e) 2 log10 10 000
(c) loge 25
(f) 1 + log4 64
(d) ln 140
(g) 3 log4 64 + 5
(e) 5 ln 8
(h) 2 + 4 log6 216
log3 9 (f) log10 350 + 4.5
(i) log10 15
2 (g)
log8 64 + 4 2
(j) (h) ln 9.8 + log10 17
log2 8
log10 30
3. Evaluate (i)
loge 30
1
(a) log 2 (j) 4 ln 10 7
2
(b) log 3 3
(c) log4 2
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 147
Class Discussion
2. Evaluate using a calculator. Can you write a rule to show this pattern?
(a) eln 1
(b) eln 2
(c) eln 3
(d) eln 4
(e) eln 5
Can you write a rule for eln x?
Logarithm laws
Because logarithms are closely related to indices there are logarithm laws that
This corresponds to the correspond to the index laws.
law a m a n = a m + n from
Chapter 1 of the Preliminary
Course book.
loga (xy) = loga x + loga y
Proof
Let x = a m and y = a n
Then m = log a x and n = log a y
xy = a m a n
= am + n
` loga (xy) = m + n (by definition)
= loga x + loga y
Proof
Let x = a m and y = a n
Then m = loga x and n = loga y
x
y =a a
m n
= am n
x
` loga b y l = m n (by definition)
= loga x loga y
Proof
Let x = am
Then m = loga x
x n = (a m) n
= a mn
` loga x = mn
n
(by definition)
= n loga x
EXAMPLES
Solution
log6 3 + log6 12 = log6 (3 12)
= log6 36
log 6 36 = 2, since 6 2 = 36.
=2
CONTINUED
150 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
(a) log5 12 = log5 (3 4)
= log5 3 + log5 4
= 0.68 + 0.86
= 1.54
3
(b) log 5 0.75 = log 5
4
= log 5 3 log 5 4
= 0.68 0.86
= 0.18
(c) log 5 9 = log 5 3 2
= 2 log 5 3
= 2 0.68
= 1.36
(d) log 5 20 = log 5 (5 4)
= log 5 5 + log 5 4
log 5 5 = 1, since 5 1 = 5. = 1 + 0.86
= 1.86
Solution
log 2 12 = log 2 3 + log 2 x
= log 2 3x
So 12 = 3x
4=x
4.5 Exercises
1. Use the logarithm laws to 2. Given log7 2 = 0.36 and
simplify log7 5 = 0.83, nd
(a) loga 4 + loga y (a) log7 10
(b) loga 4 + loga 5 (b) log7 0.4
(c) loga 12 loga 3 (c) log7 20
(d) loga b loga 5 (d) log7 25
(e) 3 logx y + logx z (e) log7 8
(f) 2 logk 3 + 3 logk y (f) log7 14
(g) 5 loga x 2 loga y (g) log7 50
(h) loga x + loga y loga z (h) log7 35
(i) log10 a + 4 log10 b + 3 log10 c (i) log7 98
(j) 3 log3 p + log3 q 2 log3 r (j) log7 70
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 151
Change of base
log b x
log a x =
log b a
152 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Proof
Let y = log a x
Then x = a y
Take logarithms to the base b of both sides of the equation:
logb x = logb a y
= y logb a
logb x
` =y
logb a
= loga x
You can use the change of base formula to nd the logarithm of any number,
such as log 5 2. You change it to either log 10 x or log e x, and use a calculator.
EXAMPLE
Solution
log 2
log 5 2 = (by change of base)
log 5
You can use either log or In
Z 0.430676558
= 0.43
Exponential equations
You can also use the change of base formula to solve exponential equations
such as 5 x = 7.
You studied exponential equations such as 2 x = 8 in the Preliminary
Course. Exponential equations such as 2 x = 9 can be solved by taking
logarithms of both sides, or by using the denition of a logarithm and the
change of base formula.
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 153
EXAMPLES
Solution
5x = 7
Using the denition of a logarithm, this means:
log 5 7 = x
log 7 You can use either
=x (using change of base formula) log or ln.
log 5
1.2 = x
If you do not like to solve the equation this way, you can use the
logarithm laws instead.
Solution
4y 3 = 9
Using the logarithm denition and change of base:
log 4 9 = y 3
log 9
=y3
log 4
log 9
+3=y
log 4
4.58 = y
Using the logarithm laws:
4.6 Exercises
1. Use the change of base formula (d) 7 m = 32
to evaluate to 2 decimal places. (e) 4 k = 50
(a) log4 9 (f) 3t = 4
(b) log6 25 (g) 8 x = 11
(c) log9 200 (h) 2 p = 57
(d) log2 12 (i) 4 x = 81.3
(e) log3 23 (j) 6 n = 102.6
(f) log8 250
(g) log5 9.5 4. Solve, to 1 decimal place.
(h) 2 log4 23.4 (a) 3 x + 1 = 8
(i) 7 log7 108 (b) 53n = 71
(j) 3 log11 340 (c) 2 x 3 = 12
(d) 4 2n 1 = 7
2. By writing each equation as a (e) 7 5x + 2 = 11
logarithm and changing the base, (f) 8 3 n = 5.7
solve the equation correct to (g) 2 x + 2 = 18.3
2 signicant gures. (h) 37xk 3 = 32.9
(a) 4 x = 9 (i) 9 2 = 50
(b) 3 x = 5 (j) 6 2y + 1 = 61.3
(c) 7 x = 14
(d) 2 x = 15 5. Solve each equation correct to
(e) 5 x = 34 3 signicant gures.
(f) 6 x = 60 (a) e x = 200
(g) 2 x = 76 (b) e 3t = 5
(h) 4 x = 50 (c) 2e t = 75
(i) 3 x = 23 (d) 45 = e x
(j) 9 x = 210 (e) 3000 = 100e n
(f) 100 = 20e 3t
3. Solve, correct to 2 decimal places. (g) 2000 = 50e 0.15t
(a) 2 x = 6 (h) 15 000 = 2000e 0.03k
(b) 5 y = 15 (i) 3Q = Qe 0.02t
(c) 3 x = 20 (j) 0.5M = Me 0.016k
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 155
EXAMPLE
Solution
The gradient is always positive but is decreasing.
dy 1
If y = log e x then = x
dx
Proof dy 1
= is a special result that
dx dx
dy 1 dy
= can be proved by differentiating
dx dx
from first principles.
dy
Given y = log e x
Then x = e y
dx
= ey
dy
dy 1
` =
dx e y
1
=x
156 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
dy 1 f l(x)
If y = log e f (x), then = f l(x) . =
dx f (x) f (x)
Proof
Let u = f (x)
Then y = log e u
dy 1
` =
du u
du
Also = f l(x)
dx
dy dy du
= .
dx du dx
1
= u . f l(x)
1 .
= f l(x)
f (x)
EXAMPLES
1. Differentiate log e (x 2 3x + 1) .
Solution
d 2x 3
[loge (x 2 3x + 1)] = 2
dx x 3x + 1
x+1
2. Differentiate log e .
3x 4
Solution
x+1
Let y = loge
3x 4
= loge (x + 1) loge (3x 4)
dy 1 3
=
dx x + 1 3x 4
1 (3x 4) 3 (x + 1)
=
(x + 1) (3x 4)
3x 4 3x 3
=
(x + 1) (3x 4)
7
=
(x + 1) (3x 4)
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 157
Solution
dy
3x 2
=
dx x 3 5
When x = 2,
dy 3 (2) 2
=
dx 2 3 5
m1 = 4
The normal is perpendicular to the tangent This result comes from the
Preliminary Course.
i.e. m1 m2 = 1
4m 2 = 1
1
` m2 =
4
4. Differentiate y = log 2 x.
Solution
y = log 2 x
log e x
=
log e 2
1
= log e x
log e 2
dy 1 1
=
dx log e 2 x
1
=
x log e 2
Solution
2 = e ln 2
` 2 x = (e ln 2) x
= e x ln 2
dy
= ln 2e x ln 2
dx
= ln 2 2 x
= 2 x ln 2
158 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
4.7 Exercises
1. Differentiate 6. Find the gradient of the normal
(a) x + log e x to the curve y = log e (x 4 + x) at the
(b) 1 log e 3x point (1, log e 2).
# dx 1
x = # x dx = log e x + C
f l(x)
# f (x)
dx = log e f (x) + C
Integration is the inverse of
differentiation.
EXAMPLES
1
1. Find the area enclosed between the hyperbola y = x , the x-axis and
the lines x = 1 and x = 2, giving the exact value.
Solution
21
A = # x dx
1
= 7 loge x A 21
= loge 2 loge 1
= loge 2
So area is log e 2 units2.
x2
2. Find # dx.
x3 + 7
Solution
x2 1 3x 2
# dx = # 3
3 x +7
dx
x +7
3
1
= loge (x 3 + 7) + C
3
CONTINUED
160 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
x+1
3. Find # dx.
x2 + x + 4
Solution
x+1 1 2 (x + 1)
# dx = # 2
2 x + 2x + 4
dx
x + 2x + 4
2
1 2x + 2
= # 2 dx
2 x + 2x + 4
1
= loge (x 2 + 2x + 4) + C
2
4.8 Exercises
(b) # x dx
+3
7. Find the area bounded by the
x
x2 curve y = 2 , the x-axis and
(c) # dx x +1
2x 7
3
the lines x = 2 and x = 4, correct
x5
(d) # dx to 2 decimal places.
2x 6 + 5
x+3
(e) # dx
x 2 + 6x + 2
Chapter 4 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions 161
10. Find the area between the curve 15. Find, correct to 2 decimal places,
y = ln x, the y-axis and the lines the area enclosed by the curve
y = 2 and y = 4, correct to 3 y = log 2 x, the x-axis and the
signicant gures. lines x = 1 and x = 3 by using
Simpsons rule with 3 function
11. Find the exact volume of the values.
solid formed when the curve
y = log e x is rotated about the
y-axis from y = 1 to y = 3.
162 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Test Yourself 4
1. Evaluate to 3 signicant gures. 7. Find the volume of the solid formed if
(a) e 2 1 the area bounded by y = e 3x, the x-axis
(b) log 10 95 and the lines x = 1 and x = 2 is rotated
(c) log e 26 about the x-axis.
(d) log 4 7
8. If log 7 2 = 0.36 and log 7 3 = 0.56, nd the
(e) log 4 3
value of
(f) ln 50
(a) log 7 6
(g) e + 3
(b) log 7 8
5e 3
(h) (c) log 7 1.5
ln 4
(i) e ln 6 (d) log 7 14
(j) e ln 2 (e) log 7 3.5
15. (a) Find the area bounded by the curve 18. Find the stationary points on the curve
y = e x, the x-axis and the lines x = 1 and y = x 3 e x and determine their nature.
x = 2.
19. Use the trapezoidal rule with 4 strips
(b) This area is rotated about the
to nd the area bounded by the curve
x-axis. Find the volume of the solid of
y = ln (x 2 1), the x-axis and the lines
revolution formed.
x = 3 and x = 5.
16. Simplify
20. Evaluate to 2 signicant gures
(a) 5 loga x + 3 loga y
(a) log 10 4.5
(b) 2 log x k log x 3 + log x p
(b) ln 3.7
17. Find the equation of the normal to the
curve y = ln x at the point (2, ln 2).
Challenge Exercise 4
loge x 1
1. Differentiate . 6. Find the derivative of loge .
e 2x + x 2x 3
Amplitude: Maximum displacement from the mean or Radian: A unit of angular measurement defined as the
centre position in vibrating or oscillating motion length of arc of one unit that an angle subtended at the
centre of a unit circle cuts off
Circular measure: The measurement of an angle as the
length of an arc cut off by an angle at the centre of a Sector: Part of a circle bounded by the centre and arc of a
unit circle. The units are called radians circle cut off by two radii
Period: One complete cycle of a wave or other recurring Segment: Part of a circle bounded by a chord and the
function circumference of a circle
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 167
INTRODUCTION
IN THIS CHAPTER YOU will learn about circular measure, which uses radians
rather than degrees. Circular measure is very useful in solving problems
involving properties of the circle, such as arc length and areas of sectors and
segments, which you will study in this chapter.
You will also study trigonometric graphs in greater detail than in the
Preliminary Course. These graphs have many applications in the movement of
such things as sound, light and waves.
Circular measure is also useful in calculus, and you will learn about
differentiation and integration of trigonometric functions in this chapter.
Circular Measure
Radians
radians = 180
Proof
Circumference of the circle with radius 1 unit is given by:
C = 2 r
= 2 (1)
= 2
The arc length of the whole circle is 2.
` there are 2 radians in a whole circle.
But there are 360 in a whole circle (angle of 2
revolution).
1 unit
So 2 = 360
= 180
EXAMPLES
3
1. Convert into degrees.
2
Solution
Since = 180,
3 3 (180)
=
2 2
= 270
Solution
180 = radians
So 1 = radians
180
60 = 60
180
60
=
180
=
3
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 169
Solution
180 = radians
So 1 = radians
180
50 = 50
180
50
=
180
Z 0.87
Solution
radians = 180
180
` 1 radian =
180
1.145 radians = 1.145
= 65.6
= 65 36l
Solution
180 = radians
1 =
180 The calculator may give
the answer in degrees and
38 41l = 38 41l
180 minutes. Simply change this
into a decimal.
= 0.675
Solution
For cos 1.145, use radian mode on your calculator.
cos 1.145 = 0.413046135
= 0.41 correct to 2 decimal places
170 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
180
Notice from the examples that 1 = and 1 radian = . You can use
180
these as conversions rather than starting each time from = 180.
180
To change from radians to degrees: Multiply by .
To change from degrees to radians: Multiply by .
180
Notice that 1 =
180
= 0.017 radians
180
Also 1 radian =
= 57 18l
While we can convert between degrees and radians for any angle, there
are some special angles that we use regularly in this course. It is easier if you
know these without having to convert each time.
= 90
2
= 180
3
= 270
2
2 = 360
= 45
4
= 60
3
= 30
6
5.1 Exercises
1. Change into degrees. 7
(f)
(a) 9
5 4
2 (g)
(b) 3
3 7
5 (h)
(c) 3
4
(i)
7 9
(d)
6 5
(j)
(e) 3 18
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 171
Trigonometric Results
All the trigonometry that you studied in the Preliminary Course can be done
using radians instead of degrees.
Special triangles
The two triangles that give exact trigonometric ratios can be drawn using
radians rather than degrees.
6
4
2 3
2 1
4 3
1 1
172 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Using trigonometric ratios and these special triangles gives the results:
1
sin =
4 2
1
cos =
4 2
tan = 1
4
3
sin =
3 2
1
cos =
3 2
tan = 3
3
1
sin =
6 2
3
cos =
6 2
1
tan =
6 3
EXAMPLE
Find the exact value of 3 cos cosec .
6 4
Solution
3 cos cosec
6 4
1
= 3 cos
6 sin
4
3n 2
= 3d
2 1
3 3
= 2
2
3 3 2 2
=
2 2
3 3 2 2
=
2
The results for angles of any magnitude can also be looked at using radians.
If we change degrees for radians, the ASTC rule looks like this:
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 173
y
2
2nd quadrant 1st quadrant
S A
0
x
2
T C
+ 2 -
First quadrant:
Angle :
sin is positive
cos is positive
tan is positive
Second quadrant:
Angle :
sin ( ) = sin
cos ( ) = cos
tan ( ) = tan
Third quadrant:
Angle + :
sin ( + ) = sin
cos ( + ) = cos
tan ( + ) = tan
Fourth quadrant:
Angle 2 :
sin (2 ) = sin
cos (2 ) = cos
tan (2 ) = tan
174 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
5
1. Find the exact value of sin .
4
Solution
4
=
4
5 4
So = +
4 4 4
=+
4
In the 3rd quadrant, angles are in the form + , so the angle is in the 3rd
quadrant, and sin is negative in the 3rd quadrant.
5
sin c m = sin c + m 4
4 4
2
= sin 1
4
1
=
2 4
1
11
2. Find the exact value of cos .
6
Solution
12
2 =
6
11 12
So =
6 6 6
= 2
6
In the 4th quadrant, angles are in the form 2 , so the angle is in the
4th quadrant, and cos is positive.
11
cos c m = cos c 2 m
6 6 6
= cos
6
2 3
3
=
2
3
1
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 175
4
3. Find the exact value of tan c m.
3
Solution
3
=
3
4 3
So = c + m
3 3 3
= c + m
3
In the 2nd quadrant, angles are in the form ( + ), so the angle is in the
2nd quadrant, and tan is negative in the 2nd quadrant.
6
4
tan c m = tan ; c + m E
3 3
2 3
= tan
3
= 3
You could change the
3 radians into degrees before
1 finding these ratios.
EXAMPLES
Solution
cos is positive in the 1st and 4th quadrants.
Using a calculator (with radian mode) gives x = 1.224.
i.e. cos 1.224 = 0.34
This is an angle in the 1st quadrant since 1.224 < .
2
In the 4th quadrant, angles are in the form of 2 .
So the angle in the 4th quadrant will be 2 1.224.
So x = 1.224, 2 1.224
= 1.224, 5.06.
1
2. Solve sin = in the domain 0 2.
2
Solution
Here the sin of the angle is negative.
Since sin is positive in the 1st and 2nd quadrants, it is negative in the
3rd and 4th quadrants.
CONTINUED
176 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
1
sin =
4 2 4
In the 3rd quadrant, angles are + and in the 4th
2
quadrant, 2 . 1
So = + , 2
4 4 4
4 8 1
= + ,
4 4 4 4
5 7
= ,
4 4
5.2 Exercises
1. Copy and complete the table, 3. Find the exact value, with
giving exact values. rational denominator where
relevant.
3 4 6 (a) cos2 + sin2
6 4
sin
(b) sin cos cos sin
cos 3 4 3 4
tan (c) cos cos + sin sin
6 3 6 3
cosec
(d) sin2 + cos2
sec 4 4
cot (e) sec2 + sin2
3 6
2. Find the exact value, with rational
4. Find the exact value with rational
denominator where relevant.
Remember that denominator of
2
tan = (tan )
2
(a) tan 2 (a) sin cos + sin cos
6 3 4 4 3
2
(b) c sin m tan tan
4 4 3
3 (b)
(c) c cos m 1 + tan tan
6 4 3
(d) tan + tan
3 6 5. Show that
(e) sin cos cos cos + sin sin =
4 4 3 4 3 4
(f) tan + cos sin cos + cos sin .
3 3 4 6 4 6
3
(g) sec tan 6. (a) Show that = .
4 3 4 4
(b) Which quadrant is the angle
(h) cos + cot
4 4 3
in?
2 4
(i) c cos tan m 3
4 4 (c) Find the exact value of cos .
4
2
(j) c sin + cos m
6 6
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 177
Circle Results
The area and circumference of a circle are useful in this section.
Area of a circle
Circumference of a circle
C = 2 r = d
We use equal ratios to nd the other circle results. The working out is
simpler when using radians instead of degrees.
Length of arc
l = r
( is in radians)
Proof
arc length l angle
=
circumference whole revolution
l
=
Using 360 instead of 2 2 r 2
gives a different formula.
2 r
Can you find it? ` l=
2
= r
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 179
EXAMPLES
1. Find the length of the arc formed if an angle of is subtended at the
4
centre of a circle of radius 5 m.
Solution
l = r
= 5c m
4
5
= m
4
2. The area of a circle is 450 cm2 . Find, in degrees and minutes, the
angle subtended at the centre of the circle by a 2.7 cm arc.
Solution
A = r2
450 = r 2
450
=r
2
450
=r
11.97 = r
Now l = r
2.7 = 11.97
2 .7
=
11.97
0.226 =
radians = 180
180
1 radian =
180
0.226 radians = 0.226
= 12.93
= 12 56l
So = 12 56l.
180 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
5.3 Exercises
1. Find the exact arc length of a 5. The radius of a circle is 3 cm and
circle if 2
an arc is cm long. Find the
(a) radius is 4 cm and angle 7
angle subtended at the centre of
subtended is
the circle by the arc.
(b) radius is 3 m and angle
6. The circumference of a circle is
subtended is
3
300 mm. Find the length of the
(c) radius is 10 cm and angle
arc that is formed by an angle of
5
subtended is
6 subtended at the centre of the
6
(d) radius is 3 cm and angle circle.
subtended is 30
(e) radius is 7 mm and angle 7. A circle with area 60 cm2 has an
subtended is 45. arc 8 cm long. Find the angle that
is subtended at the centre of the
2. Find the arc length, correct to circle by the arc.
2 decimal places, given
(a) radius is 1.5 m and angle 8. A circle with circumference
subtended is 0.43 124 mm has a chord cut off it
(b) radius is 3.21 cm and angle that subtends an angle of 40 at
subtended is 1.22 the centre. Find the length of the
(c) radius is 7.2 mm and angle arc cut off by the chord.
subtended is 55
9. A circle has a chord of 25 mm
(d) radius is 5.9 cm and angle
subtended is 23 12l with an angle of subtended
6
(e) radius is 2.1 m and angle at the centre. Find, to 1 decimal
subtended is 82 35l. place, the length of the arc cut off
by the chord.
3. The angle subtended at the centre
of a circle of radius 3.4 m is 10. A sector of a circle with radius
29 51l. Find the length of the arc
5 cm and an angle of
cut off by this angle, correct to 3
1 decimal place. subtended at the centre is cut out
of cardboard. It is then curved
4. The arc length when a sector of a around to form a cone. Find its
circle is subtended by an angle of exact surface area and volume.
3
at the centre is m. Find the
5 2
radius of the circle.
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 181
Area of sector
1 2
A= r
2
( is in radians)
Proof
area of sector A angle
=
area of circle whole revolution
A
=
r 2 2
r2
` A=
2
1 2
= r
2
EXAMPLES
1. Find the area of the sector formed if an angle of is subtended at the
4
centre of a circle of radius 5 m.
Solution
1 2
A= r
2
1 2
= ^5h c m
2 4
25 2
= m
8
CONTINUED
182 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
6
2. The area of the sector of a circle with radius 4 cm is cm2. Find the
5
angle, in degrees, that is subtended at the centre of the circle.
Solution
1 2
A= r
2
6 1 ] g 2
= 4
5 2
= 8
6
=
40
3
=
20
Remember that 3 ] 180 g
= 180 .
=
20
27 =
5.4 Exercises
1. Find the exact area of the sector 3. Find the area, correct to
of a circle if 3 signicant gures, of the sector
(a) radius is 4 cm and angle of a circle with radius 4.3 m and
subtended is an angle of 1.8 subtended at the
(b) radius is 3 m and angle centre.
subtended is 4. The area of a sector of a circle is
3
(c) radius is 10 cm and angle 20 cm2. If the radius of the circle
5 is 3 cm, nd the angle subtended
subtended is
6 at the centre of the circle by the
(d) radius is 3 cm and angle
sector.
subtended is 30
(e) radius is 7 mm and angle 5. The area of the sector of a circle
subtended is 45. that is subtended by an angle of
2. Find the area of the sector, correct at the centre is 6 m2. Find the
3
to 2 decimal places, given radius of the circle.
(a) radius is 1.5 m and angle
subtended is 0.43 6. Find the
(b) radius is 3.21 cm and angle (a) arc length
subtended is 1.22 (b) area of the sector of a circle
(c) radius is 7.2 mm and angle with radius 7 cm if the sector
subtended is 55 is cut off by an angle of 30
(d) radius is 5.9 cm and angle subtended at the centre of
subtended is 23 12l the circle.
(e) radius is 2.1 m and angle
subtended is 82 35l.
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 183
3
7. A circle has a circumference of 10. The area of a sector is cm2
10
185 mm. Find the area of the and the arc length cut off by the
sector cut off by an angle of sector is cm. Find the angle
5 5
subtended at the centre. subtended at the centre of the
8. If the area of a circle is 200 cm2 circle and nd the radius of the
and a sector is cut off by an angle circle.
3
of at the centre, nd the area
4
of the sector.
1 2
A= r ( sin )
2
( is in radians)
Proof
Area of minor segment = area of sector area of triangle
The area of the triangle is
1 2 1
= r r 2 sin 1
given by A = 2 ab sin C.
2 2
1 2
= r ( sin )
2
184 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
1. Find the area of the minor segment formed if an angle of is
4
subtended at the centre of a circle of radius 5 m.
Solution
1 2]
A= r sin g
2
1 2
= ^ 5 h c sin m
2 4 4
25 1
= e o
2 4 2
25 25
=
8 2 2
25 25 2
=
8 4
25 50 2 2
= m
8
Solution
C = 2 r = 80
80
` r=
2
Dont round off the radius. 40
=
Use the full value in your
calculators display to find . Z 12.7
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 185
a2 + b2 c2
cos C =
2ab
12.72 + 12.72 102
cos =
2 ] 12.7 g ] 12.7 g
= 0.69
` = 0.807
1
A = r 2 ] sin g
2
1 2
= ] 12.7 g ] 0.807 sin 0.807 g
2
Z 6.88 cm2
5.5 Exercises
1. Find the exact area of the minor 4. Find the
segment of a circle if (a) exact arc length
(a) radius is 4 cm and the angle (b) exact area of the sector
subtended is (c) area of the minor segment,
(b) radius is 3 m and the angle to 2 decimal places
subtended is if an angle of is subtended at
3 7
(c) radius is 10 cm and the angle the centre of a circle with radius
5
subtended is 3 cm.
6
(d) radius is 3 cm and the angle
5. The area of the minor segment
subtended is 30 2
(e) radius is 7 mm and the angle cut off by an angle of is
9
2
subtended is 45. 500 cm . Find the radius of the
circle, correct to 1 decimal place.
2. Find the area of the minor
segment correct to 2 decimal 6. Find the
places, given (a) length of the chord,
(a) radius is 1.5 m and the angle to 1 decimal place
subtended is 0.43 (b) length of the arc
(b) radius is 3.21 cm and the (c) area of the minor segment,
angle subtended is 1.22 to 2 decimal places
(c) radius is 7.2 mm and the
angle subtended is 55 cut off by an angle of
6
(d) radius is 5.9 cm and the angle subtended at the centre of a circle
subtended is 23 12l with radius 5 cm.
(e) radius is 2.1 m and the angle
7. A chord 8 mm long is formed by
subtended is 82 35l.
an angle of 45 subtended at the
3. Find the area of the minor centre of a circle. Find
segment formed by an angle of (a) the radius of the circle
40 subtended at the centre of a (b) the area of the minor segment
circle with radius 2.82 cm, correct cut off by the angle, correct
to 2 signicant gures. to 1 decimal place.
186 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
11.
8. An angle of is subtended at the
8
centre of a circle. If this angle
5
cuts off an arc of cm, nd
4
(a) the exact area of the sector
(b) the area of the minor segment
formed, correct to 1 decimal
place.
12.
Small Angles
When we use radians of small angles, there are some interesting results.
EXAMPLES
Solution
Make sure your calculator is in radian mode
sin 0.0023 = 0.002299997972
Solution
tan 0.0023 = 0.002300004056
Solution
cos 0.0023 = 0.999997355
188 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
B C
x
A
O 1
Proof
1
Area OAB = ab sin C
2
1
= 1 1 sin x
2
1
= sin x
2
1
Area sector OAB = r2
2
1
= 12 x
2
1
= x
2
1
Area OAC = bh
2
1
= 1 AC
2
1 AC
= 1 tan x c tan x = m
2 1
1
= tan x
2
Class Investigation
Check that sin x < x < tan x for 0 < x < by using your calculator.
2
Remember that x is in radians. Does this work for x > ?
2
sin x tan x
lim
x"0 x =1 Also lim
x "0 x
= 1.
Proof
As x " 0, sin x " x
sin x
` x "1
190 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
sin 7x
1. Evaluate lim x .
x"0
Solution
Solution
1
r= 145 000
The radius of the moon 2
is 72 500 km. = 72 500
1
=
2
72 500
tan =
12.8 106
= 0.00566
` = 0.00566
= 180
180
` 1=
180
0.00566 = 0.00566
= 0.3245
` = 0.649
= 39l
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 191
5.6 Exercises
1. Evaluate, correct to 3 decimal 5. Given that the wingspan of
places. an aeroplane is 30 m, nd the
(a) sin 0.045 planes altitude to the nearest
(b) tan 0.003 metre if the wingspan subtends
(c) cos 0.042 an angle of 14l when it is directly
(d) sin 0.065 overhead.
(e) tan 0.005
sin x
2. Evaluate lim .
x"0 4x
tan
3
3. Find lim .
"0
4. Find the diameter of the sun
to the nearest kilometre if
its distance from the Earth is
149000000 km and it subtends an
angle of 31l at the Earth.
Trigonometric Graphs
You drew the graphs of trigonometric functions in the Preliminary Course,
using degrees.
You can also draw these graphs using radians.
y = sin x
192 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
y = cos x
y = tan x
3
y = tan x has asymptotes at x = and since tan x is undened at those
2 2
points. By nding values for x on each side of the asymptotes, we can see
where the curve goes.
We can also sketch the graphs of the reciprocal trigonometric functions, by
nding the reciprocals of sin x, cos x and tan x at important points on the graphs.
Investigation
1 1 1
1. Use cosec x = , sec x = cos x and cot x = to complete the
sin x tan x
table below.
3
x 0 2 2
2
cosec x
sec x
cot x
1
e.g. cosec =
2 sin
2
1
=
1
=1
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 193
y = cosec x
y
1
y = sin x
x
3 2
2 2
-1
y = sec x
1
y = cos x
x
3 2
2 2
-1
194 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
y = tan x
y
x
3 2
2 2
y = cot x
Investigation
Here is a general sine function. Notice that the shape that occurs between
0 and 2 repeats as shown.
y
x
4 2 2 4
1. Draw a general cosine curve. How are the sine and cosine curves
related? Do these curves have symmetry?
2. Draw a general tangent curve. Does it repeat at the same intervals as
the sine and cosine curves?
3. Look at the reciprocal trigonometric curves and see if they repeat in a
similar way.
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 195
2
y = a sin bx has amplitude a and period
b
2
y = a cos bx has amplitude a and period
b
y = a tan bx has no amplitude and period
b
196 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
Solution
(a) The graph of y = 5 sin x has amplitude 5 and period 2.
5
y = 5 sin x
x
3 2
2 2
2
(b) The graph y = sin 4x has amplitude 1 and period or .
4 2
This means that the curve repeats every , so in the domain
2
0 x 2 there will be 4 repetitions.
y
1
y = sin 4x
x
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4
1
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 197
(c) The graph y = 5 sin 4x has amplitude 5 and period .
2
y
5 y = 5 sin 4x
x
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4
2. Sketch f (x) = sin b x + l for 0 x 2.
2
Solution
Amplitude = 1
2
Period =
1
= 2
f (x) = sin (x + k) translates the curve k units to the left (see Investigation
on page 1945).
So f (x) = sin c x + m will be moved units to the left. The graph is the
2 2
same as f (x) = sin x but starts in a different position.
If you are not sure where the curve goes, you can draw a table of values.
3
x 0 2
2 2
y 1 0 1 0 1
x
3 2
2 2
1
This is the same as the
graph y = cos x.
CONTINUED
198 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
x
3. Sketch y = 2 tan for 0 x 2.
2
Solution
There is no amplitude.
Period =
1
2
= 2
x
3 2
2 2
4. (a) Sketch y = 2 cos x and y = cos 2x on the same set of axes for
0 x 2.
(b) Hence or otherwise, sketch y = cos 2x + 2 cos x for 0 x 2.
Solution
(a) y = 2 cos x has amplitude 2 and period 2
2
y = cos 2x has amplitude 1 and period or
2
y
y = 2 cos x
1
y = cos 2x
2
x
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4
2
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 199
3 5 3 7
x 0 2
4 2 4 4 2 4
cos 2x 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
2 cos x 2 2 0 2 2 2 0 2 2
cos 2x + 2 cos x 3 1 1 1 3 Notice that the period of
2 2 2 2 this graph is 2 .
y
3
y = cos 2x
2 + 2 cos x
2
y = 2cos x
1
y = cos 2x
2
x
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4
5.7 Exercises
1. Sketch for 0 x 2 2. Sketch for 0 x 2
(a) y = cos x (a) y = cos 2x
(b) f (x) = 2 sin x (b) y = tan 2x
(c) y = 1 + sin x (c) y = sin 3x
(d) y = 2 sin x (d) f (x) = 3 cos 4x
(e) f (x) = 3 cos x (e) y = 6 cos 3x
(f) y = 4 sin x x
(f) y = tan
2
(g) f (x) = cos x + 3 (g) f (x) = 2 tan 3x
(h) y = 5 tan x x
(h) y = 3 cos
(i) f (x) = tan x + 3 2
x
(j) y = 1 2 tan x (i) y = 2 sin
2
x
(j) f (x) = 4 cos
4
200 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Applications
Gallileo also invented the telescope. Find out more information about Gallileos
life and his other discoveries.
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 201
EXAMPLES
Solution
When sketching the two graphs together, we use 3.14, 2 6.28 and
so on to label the x-axis as shown.
To sketch y = x 1, find the gradient and y-intercept or find the x- and
y-intercepts.
x-intercept (where y = 0) is 1 and y-intercept (where x = 0) is 1.
y
y = x1
x
3 2
1 2 2 3 4 5 6
2
y = sin x
1
x
2. How many solutions are there for cos 2x = in the domain 0 x 2 ?
4
Solution
x
Sketch y = cos 2x and y = on the same set of axes.
4
y = cos 2x has amplitude 1 and period
x
y = has x-intercept 0 and y-intercept 0. We can find another point on the line
4
e.g. When x = 4
4
y=
4
=1
CONTINUED
202 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
y
x
y=
4
3 2
1 2 2 3 4 5 6
2
y = cos 2x
2
1
EXAMPLE
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
C 26.1 26.1 25.1 22.8 19.8 17.4 16.8 18.0 20.1 22.2 23.9 25.6
Solution
(a) Temperature
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
ov er
Fe ary
M y
ch
il
ay
A ly
pt st
ne
O er
r
em r
be
D mbe
r
pr
Se ugu
N tob
Ju
b
ua
M
Ju
ar
nu
em
A
br
c
e
Ja
ec
Months
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 203
(b) The graph looks like it is periodic, and we would expect it to be,
since the temperature varies with the seasons. It goes up and down,
and reaches a maximum in summer and a minimum in winter.
(c) This curve is approximately a cosine curve with one full period,
so the period is 12 months.
To find the centre, find the
The maximum temperature is around 26 and the minimum is
average of 18 and 26 which
around 18, so the centre of the graph is 22 with 4 either side. So the 18 + 26
is .
amplitude is 4. 2
5.8 Exercises
1. Show graphically that 7. The graph below show the times
x of sunsets in a city over a period
sin x = has
2 of 2 years.
(a) 2 solutions for 0 x 2 Sunsets
(b) 3 solutions for x . 10
9
8
2. Solve sin x = x for 0 x 2 7
graphically by sketching y = sin x
Time (pm)
6
5
and y = x on the same number 4
plane. 3
2
3. Solve cos x = 2x 3 for 1
0
0 x 2 by nding the points
y
ch
ay
Ja er
ch
ay
r
y
ov r
ov r
be
N be
Se Jul
Se Jul
ar
N be
ar
b
ar
ar
M
em
nu
nu
em
em
em
M
pt
pt
y = cos x and y = 2x 3.
1600
1400
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
(a) Approximately how many crimes were committed in the 10th year?
(b) What was the
(i) highest and
(ii) lowest number of crimes?
(c) Find the amplitude and the period of the graph.
9. Below is a table showing the average daylight hours over several months.
Daylight hours 15.3 14.7 13.2 13.1 12.7 12.2 12.5 13.8
10. The table below shows the high and low tides over a three-day period.
Time 6.20 11.55 6.15 11.48 6.20 11.55 6.15 11.48 6.20 11.55 6.15 11.48
am am pm pm am am pm pm am am pm pm
Tide (m) 3.2 1.1 3.4 1.3 3.2 1.2 3.5 1.1 3.4 1.2 3.5 1.3
d
(sin x) = cos x
dx
Proof
Let f ] x g = sin x
Then f (x + h) = sin (x + h)
f (x + h) f (x)
f l(x) = lim
h"0 h
sin (x + h) sin x
= lim This result is a formula in
h"0 h the Extension 1 Course
(sin x cos h + cos x sin h) sin x and you do not need to
= lim know it.
h"0 h
sin x (cos h 1) + cos x sin h
= lim
h"0 h
cos h 1 sin h
= lim sin x c m + cos x c m
h"0 h h
sin h
= lim sin x(0) + cos x(1) c since cos h " 1 as h " 0 and lim = 1m
h"0 h"0 h
= cos x.
sin h
Notice that the result lim = 1 only works for radians. We always use
h"0 h
radians when using calculus.
206 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
d
[sin f (x)] = f l(x) cos f (x)
dx
Proof
Let u = f (x)
Then y = sin u
du dy
= f l(x) and = cos u
dx du
dy dy du
= $
dx du dx
= cos u $ f l(x)
= f l(x) cos f (x)
Derivative of cos x
d
(cos x) = sin x
dx
Proof
Since cos x = sin c xm
2
d d
(cos x) = < sin c x m F
dx dx 2
= 1 cos c x m
2
= sin x
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 207
d
[cos f (x)] = f l(x) sin f (x) This result can be proven
dx the same way as for sin f(x).
Derivative of tan x
sin x
It is easier to see the rule for differentiating y = tan x by using tan x = cos x
and the quotient rule.
d
(tan x) = sec2 x
dx
Proof
sin x
tan x = cos x
d d b sin x l
(tan x) =
dx dx cos x
ulv vlu
=
v2
cos x (cos x) (sin x) sin x
=
cos2 x
cos2 x + sin2 x
=
cos2 x
1
=
cos2 x
= sec2 x
208 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
d
This result can be proven [tan f (x)] = f l(x) sec2 f (x) .
the same way as for sin f(x).
dx
EXAMPLES
Solution
d
[sin f (x)] = f l(x) cos f (x)
dx
d
` [sin (5x)] = 5 cos (5x)
dx
2. Differentiate sin x.
Solution
d d x
(sin x) = c sin m
dx dx 180
x
= cos
180 180
= cos x
180
3. Find the exact value of the gradient of the tangent to the curve
y = x2 sin x at the point where x = .
4
Solution
dy
= ulv + vlu
dx
= cos x (x2) + 2x (sin x)
= x2 cos x + 2x sin x
When x = ,
4
dy 2
= c m cos + 2 c m sin
dx 4 4 4 4
2
1 1
= +
16 2 2 2
2
= +
16 2 2 2
2 + 8
=
16 2
2 ( + 8)
=
32
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 209
5.9 Exercises
1. Differentiate 5. Differentiate log e (cos x) .
(a) sin 4x
(b) cos 3x 6. Find the exact gradient of the
(c) tan 5x normal to the curve y = sin 3x at
(d) tan (3x + 1) the point where x = .
18
(e) cos ( x)
7. Differentiate etan x.
(f) 3 sin x
(g) 4 cos (5x 3) 8. Find the equation of the normal
(h) 2 cos (x3) to the curve y = 3 sin 2x at the
(i) 7 tan (x2 + 5)
(j) sin 3x + cos 8x point where x = , in exact form.
8
(k) tan ( + x) + x 2 d2 y
(l) x tan x 9. Show that = 25y if
dx2
(m) sin 2x tan 3x y = 2 cos 5x.
sin x
(n)
2x 10. Given f (x) = 2 sin x, show that
3x + 4 f m(x) = f (x) .
(o)
sin 5x
(p) (2x + tan 7x)9 11. Show that
(q) sin2 x d
[loge (tan x)] = tan x + cot x.
(r) 3 cos3 5x dx
(s) ex cos 2x 12. Find the coordinates of the
(t) sin (1 loge x) stationary points on the curve
(u) sin (ex + x) y = 2 sin x x for 0 x 2 .
(v) loge (sin x)
13. Differentiate
(w) e3x cos 2x
(a) tan x
e2x
(x) (b) 3 cos x
tan 7x
sin x
(c)
2. Find the derivative of cos x sin4 x. 5
14. If y = 2 sin 3x 5 cos 3x, show
3. Find the gradient of the tangent
d2 y
to the curve y = tan 3x at the that = 9 y.
dx2
point where x = .
9 15. Find values of a and b if
4. Find the equation of the tangent d2 y
= ae3x cos 4x + be3x sin 4x,
to the curve y = sin ( x) at the dx2
1 given y = e3x cos 4x.
point c , m , in exact form.
6 2
# cos x dx = sin x + C
210 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
# sin x dx = cos x + C
Integration is the inverse of
` # sin x dx = cos x + C
differentiation.
# sin x dx = cos x + C
# sec2 x dx = tan x + C
Proof
d
[sin (ax + b)] = a cos (ax + b)
dx
` # a cos (ax + b) dx = sin (ax + b) + C
# cos (ax + b) dx = 1a # a cos (ax + b) dx
1
= a sin (ax + b) + C
Similarly,
EXAMPLES
#
2
2. Evaluate sin x dx.
0
Solution
#
2
2
sin x dx = ; cos x E
0 0
= cos ( cos 0)
2
= 0 ( 1)
=1
Solution
x
# cos x dx = # cos 180 dx
1 x
= sin 180 + C
180
180
= sin x + C
4. Find the area enclosed between the curve y = cos x, the x-axis and the
3
lines x = and x = .
2 2
Solution
#
3
2
2
cos x dx = ; sin x E
2 2
You could use
3
= sin sin
#
3
2 2 Area =
2
cos x dx
= 1 1
2
= 2 = 2
= 2.
` area is 2 units2.
CONTINUED
212 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
5. Find the volume of the solid formed if the curve y = sec x is rotated
about the x-axis from x = 0 to x = .
4
Solution
y = sec x
` y2 = sec2 x
#
b
The volume formula comes V= y 2 dx
from Chapter 3. a
#
= 4
sec 2 x dx
0
4
= ; tan x E
0
= c tan tan 0 m
4
= (1 0)
=
So the volume is units 3 .
5.10 Exercises
#
(f) sin 7x 2
(a) cos x dx
(g) sec2 5x 0
#
(h) cos (x + 1) 3
(b) sec 2 x dx
(i) sin (2x 3)
6
(j) cos (2x 1)
#
x
(k) sin ( x) (c) sin dx
2
2
(l) cos (x + )
#
(m) 2 sec2 7x (d) 2
cos 3x dx
0
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 213
Test Yourself 5
4
1. A circle with radius 5 cm has an angle of 7. Evaluate
subtended at the centre. Find
#
6 (a) 4
cos x dx
(a) the exact arc length 0
#
(b) the exact area of the sector 3
(b) sec 2 x dx
(c) the area of the minor segment to
6
3 signicant gures.
8. Find the equation of the tangent to the
2. Find the exact value of
1
curve y = sin 3x at the point e , o.
(a) tan 4 2
3
d2 x
(b) cos 9. If x = cos 2t, show that = 4x.
6 dt2
2 10. Find the exact area bounded by the curve
(c) sin
3
y = sin x, the x-axis and the lines x =
3 4
(d) cos
4 and x = .
2
3. Solve for 0 x 2 11. Find the volume of the solid formed if
(a) tan x = 1 the curve y = sec x is rotated about the
(b) 2 sin x = 1
x-axis from x = 0 to x = .
6
4. Sketch for 0 x 2
12. Simplify
(a) y = 3 cos 2x
x sin 5x
(b) y = 7 sin (a) lim x
x"0
2
2 tan
5. Differentiate (b) lim
"0
(a) cos x
13. Find the gradient of the tangent to the
(b) 2 sin x
curve y = 3 cos 2x at the point where
(c) tan x + 1
(d) x sin x x= .
6
tan x
(e) x 14. A circle has a circumference of 8 cm. If
(f) cos 3x
an angle of is subtended at the centre
(g) tan 5x 7
of the circle, nd
6. Find the indenite integral (primitive (a) the exact area of the sector
function) of (b) the area of the minor segment, to
(a) sin 2x 2 decimal places.
(b) 3 cos x 2x
15. (a) Sketch y = cos 2x and y = on the
(c) sec2 5x 3
(d) 1 + sin x same set of axes for 0 x 2 .
2x
(b) Solve cos 2x = for 0 x 2 .
3
Chapter 5 Trigonometric Functions 215
Challenge Exercise 5
1. Use Simpsons rule with 5 function 7. Find the derivative of tan x.
values to find an approximation to
sec2 x
#
4
tan x dx, correct to 2 decimal places. 8. (a) Show that sec x cosec x = .
tan x
8 (b) Hence, or otherwise, find the exact
#
8
2. Evaluate sec 2 2x dx, in exact form. value of 3
cosec x sec x dx.
12
4
9. Differentiate ex sin 2x.
3. The area of the sector of a circle is
4 units2 and the length of the arc 10. (a) Find the stationary points on the
curve y = sin 2x + 3 over the domain
bounded by this sector is units. Find
8
0 x .
the radius of the circle and the angle that
(b) What is the maximum value of the
is subtended at the centre.
curve?
4. If f (x) = 3 cos x (c) What is the amplitude?
(a) find the period and amplitude of the
11. The area of a sector in a circle of radius
function
8
(b) sketch f (x) for 0 x 4. 4 cm is cm2. Find the area of the
3
d2 y minor segment, in exact form.
5. Given = 9 sin 3x
dx2
(a) find y if there is a stationary point at
12. Find # sin xdx.
13. Find the gradient of the normal to the
c , 1m
2 curve y = x2 + cos x at the point where
d2 y
(b) Show that + 9y = 0 . x = 1.
dx2
6. Sketch y = 5 sin ] x + g for 0 x 2 .
216 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Acceleration: The rate of change of velocity with respect Exponential decay: Decay, or decrease in a quantity,
to time where the rate of change of a quantity is in direct
proportion to the quantity itself. The decay becomes less
At rest: Stationary (zero velocity)
rapid over time
Displacement: The movement of an object in relation to
Rate of change: The change of one variable with respect
its original position
to another variable over time
Exponential growth: Growth, or increase in a quantity,
Velocity: The rate of change of displacement of an object
where the rate of change of a quantity is in direct
with respect to time involving speed and direction
proportional to the quantity itself. The growth becomes
more rapid over time
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 219
INTRODUCTION
CALCULUS IS USED IN many situations involving rates of change, such as
physics or economics. This chapter looks at rates of change of a particle in
motion, and exponential growth and decay. Both these types of rates of
change involve calculus.
Rates of Change
The gradient of a straight line measures the rate of change of y with respect to
the change in x.
dQ
The rate of change of a quantity Q with respect to time t is measured by .
dt
EXAMPLES
Solution
(a) B = 2t 4 t 2 + 2000
Initially, t = 0
` B = 2 (0) 4 0 2 + 2000
= 2000
So there are 2000 bacteria initially.
(b) When t = 5,
B = 2 (5)4 52 + 2000
= 3225
So there will be 3225 bacteria after 5 hours.
(c) The rate of change is given by the derivative
dB
= 8t 3 2t
dt
When t = 5,
dB
= 8 (5)3 2 (5)
dt
= 990
So the rate of increase after 5 hours will be 990 bacteria per hour.
Solution
R = 4 + 3t 2
dV
i.e. = 4 + 3t 2 Volume ow rate is
dt the rate of change of
` V = # (4 + 3t 2) dt volume over time.
= 4t + t 3 + C
When t = 0, V = 0
` 0 =0+0+C
=C
` V = 4t + t 3
When t = 12
V = 4 (12) + (12) 3
= 1776 L
So there will be 1776 L of water in the pond after 12 hours.
6.1 Exercises
1. Find a formula for the rate of (c) R = 4 r2 is the rate at which
change in each question. the volume V changes with
(a) h = 20t 4t 2 radius r
(b) D = 5t 3 + 2t 2 + 1 (d) R = 7 sin t is the rate at which
(c) A = 16x 2x 2 the distance d of an object
(d) x = 3t 5 x 4 + 2x 3 changes over time t
(e) V = e t + 4 (e) R = 8e 2t 3 is the rate at
(f) S = 3 cos 5 which the speed s changes over
50 time t.
(g) S = 2 r + 2
r
(h) D = x 42 3. If h = t 3 7t + 5, nd the rate of
400 change of h when t = 3.
(i) S = 800r + r
4 4. Given f (t) = sin 2t, nd the rate of
(j) V = r3
3
change when t = .
2. Find an original formula for each 6
question given its rate of change. 5. A particle moves so that its
(a) R = 4t 12t 2 is the rate at distance x is given by x = 2e 3t .
which the height h of an object Find the exact rate of change
changes over time t when t = 4.
(b) R = 8x3 + 1 is the rate at
6. The volume of water owing
which the area A of a gure
through a pipe is given by
changes with side x
V = t2 + 3t. Find the rate at which
the water is owing when t = 5.
222 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
7. The rate of change of the angle 14. According to Boyles Law, the
sum S of a polygon with n sides is pressure of a gas is given by
a constant 180. If S is 360 when k
the formula P = , where k is a
n = 4, nd S when n = 7. V
constant and V is the volume of
8. A particle moves so that the the gas. If k = 100 for a certain
rate of change of distance D gas, nd the rate of change in the
over time t is given by R = 2e t 1. pressure when V = 20.
If D = 10 when t = 0, nd D when
15. A circular disc expands as it
t = 3.
is heated. The area, in cm2, of
9. For a certain graph, the rate the disc increases according to
of change of y values with the formula A = 4t 2 + t, where
respect to its x values is given t is time in minutes. Find the
by R = 3x 2 2x + 1. If the graph rate of increase in the area after
passes through the point (1, 3), 5 minutes.
nd its equation.
16. A balloon is inated so that
10. The mass in grams of a melting its increase in volume is at a
iceblock is given by the formula constant rate of 10 cm 3 s 1 . If its
M = t 2t 2 + 100, where t is time volume is initially 1 cm3, nd its
in minutes. Show that the rate volume after 3 s.
at which the iceblock is melting
17. The number of people in
is given by R = 1 4t grams per
a certain city is given by
minute and nd the rate at which
P = 200 000e 0.2t , where t is time
it will be melting after 5 minutes.
in years. Find the rate at which
11. The rate of change in velocity the population of the city will be
over time is given by growing after 5 years.
dy
= 4t + t 2 t 3. If the initial 18. A radioactive substance has
dt
velocity is 2 cms 1, nd the a mass that decreases over
velocity after 15 s. time t according to the formula
M = 200e 0.1t . Find
12. The rate of ow of water (a) the mass of the substance
into a dam is given by after 20 years, to the nearest gram
R = 500 + 20t Lh 1 . If there is (b) the rate of its decrease after
15 000 L of water initially in the 20 years.
dam, how much water will there
19. If y = e 4x, show that the rate is
be in the dam after 10 hours?
given by R = 4y.
13. The surface area in cm2 of a
20. Given S = 2e 2t + 3, show that the
balloon being inated is given
rate of change is R = 2 (S 3).
by S = t3 2t2 + 5t + 2, where t is
time in seconds. Find the rate of
increase in the balloons surface
area after 8 s.
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 223
dQ
= kQ is solved by the equation Q = Ae kt
dt
= e kt e k 2
= Ae kt
Proof
Initial means at rst when
t = 0. Given Q = Ae kt , suppose the initial quantity is Q 0
i.e. Q = Q 0 when t = 0
Substituting into the equation gives
Q 0 = Ae k 0
= Ae 0
=A
A is the initial quantity.
Sometimes the equation is written as Q = Q 0 e kt .
Malthus was an economist. Thomas Malthus (17661834), at the beginning of the Industrial Revolution, developed a theory
about population growth that we still use today. His theory states that under ideal conditions,
dN
the birth rate is proportional to the size of the population. That is, = kN (Malthusian Law of
dt
Population Growth).
Malthus was concerned that the growth rate of populations would be higher than the
increase in food supplies, and that people would starve.
Was he right? Is this happening? How could we prove this?
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 225
EXAMPLES
Solution
(a) Initially, t = 0
Substituting:
P = 1500e 0.046t
= 1500e 0.046 0
= 1500e 0
= 1500 (e 0 = 1)
So the initial population is 1500 rabbits.
(b) 2 years = 24 months
So t = 24
Substituting:
P = 1500e 0.046t
= 1500e 0.046 24
= 1500e 1.104
= 4524.31
So the population after 2 years is 4524 rabbits.
(c) P = 5000
Substituting:
P = 1500e 0.046t
5000 = 1500e 0.046t
5000
= e 0.046t
1500
5000
ln = ln e 0.046t
1500
= 0.046t ln e
= 0.046t (since ln e = 1)
5000
ln
1500
=t
0.046
26.2 = t
So the population reaches 5000 after 26.2 months.
CONTINUED
226 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
(a) N = Ae kt
When t = 0, N = 6000
A gives the initial number ` 6000 = Ae 0
of bacteria.
=A
So N = 6000e kt
When t = 8, N = 9000
9000 = 6000e 8k
9000
= e 8k
6000
1 .5 = e 8k
log e 1.5 = log e e 8k
= 8k log e e
= 8k
Don't round k off, but put it in
log e 1.5
=k
the calculators memory to use 8
again.
0.0507 Z k
So N = 6000e 0.0507t .
(b) When t = 48, (48 hours in 2 days)
N = 6000e 0.0507 # 48
= 68 344
So there will be 68 344 bacteria after 2 days.
dN
(c) Rate: = 6000 (0.0507e 0.0507t )
dt
= 304.1e 0.0507t
When t = 48,
The rate of growth is the dN
derivative. = 304.1e 0.0507 # 48
dt
= 3464
So after 2 days the rate of growth will be 3464 bacteria per hour.
Another method:
dN
= kN
dt
= 0.0507N
When t = 48, N = 68 344
dN
= 0.0507 68 344 = 3464
dt
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 227
Solution
Q = Ae kt
When t = 0, Q = 50
` 50 = Ae 0
=A
So Q = 50e kt
When t = 2, Q = 35
35 = 50e 2k
35
= e 2k
50
0 .7 = e 2k
log e 0.7 = log e e 2k
= 2k log e e
= 2k Notice that k is negative
for decay. You could use
log e 0.7
=k the formula Q = Ae kt
2 for decay. What would
0.1783 Z k k be?
So Q = 50e 0.1783t
When t = 25
Q = 50e 0.1783 # 25
Z 0.579
So there will be 0.579 grams, or 579 mg, left after 25 years.
228 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
6.2 Exercises
Class Investigation
Research other issues, relating to growth and decay, that affect our
environment.
Displacement
Velocity
Acceleration
dv d dx d2 x
a= = c m= 2 .
dt dt dt dt
..
Acceleration can also be written as x.
Acceleration can be positive or negative, according to which direction it is
in. If the acceleration is to the right, it is positive. If the acceleration is to the
left, it is negative.
If the acceleration is in the same direction as the velocity, the particle
is speeding up (accelerating). If the acceleration is in the opposite direction
from the velocity, the particle is slowing down (decelerating).
If the object is travelling at a constant velocity, there is no acceleration.
That is, a = 0.
Motion graphs
You can describe the velocity of a particle by looking at the gradient function
of a displacement graph. The acceleration is the gradient function of a velocity
graph.
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 233
EXAMPLES
1. The graph below shows the displacement of a particle from the origin
as it moves in a straight line.
Solution
dx
(a) (i) When the particle is at rest, velocity is zero. i.e. = 0.
dt
So the particle is at rest at the stationary points t 3 and t 5 .
(ii) The particle is at the origin when x = 0, i.e. on the t-axis. So the
particle is at the origin at t2, t4 and t 6 .
(b) The greatest velocity is at t4 (the curve is at its steepest). Notice that
this is where there is a point of inexion.
t
t1 t2
CONTINUED
234 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
dx
(a) The velocity is the rate of change of displacement, or . By noting
dt
where the gradient of the tangent is positive, negative and zero, we draw
the velocity graph.
+
+
+
+
+
t
t1 t2
- +
- +
0
t
t1 t2
d2 x
(b) Acceleration is the rate of change of velocity, or . By noting where
dt 2
the gradient of the tangent is positive, negative and zero, we draw the
acceleration graph.
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 235
+
t
t1 t2
+
t
t1 t2
t
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5
CONTINUED
236 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
(a) For 0 t 1 and between t3 and t5, the velocity is negative (below the
dx
t-axis), so the displacement has < 0.
dt
Between t1 and t3, and all points > t5, the velocity is positive (above
dx
the t-axis), so the displacement has > 0.
dt
dx
At t1, t3 and t5, the velocity is zero, so = 0 and there is a
dt
stationary point.
v
+ +
+
+ +
+
0 0 0
t
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5
- -
-
- -
- -
Notice that at t1 and t5, LHS < 0 and RHS > 0 so they are minimum
turning points.
At t3, LHS > 0 and RHS < 0 so it is a maximum turning point.
Here is one graph that could describe the shape of the displacement.
x
t
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5
(c) You cant tell when the particle is at the origin as the graph is not
accurate. For example, the graph in (a) is at the origin at t4 and another
point to the right of t5. However, when sketching displacement from
the velocity (or the original function given the gradient or derivative
function) there are many possible graphs, forming a family of graphs.
x
t
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5
Notice that these cross the t-axis at various places, so we cant tell
where the displacement graph shows the particle at the origin.
6.3 Exercises
1. The graphs at right and overleaf (a) x
show the displacement of an
object. Sketch the graphs for
velocity and acceleration.
t
238 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
(d)
t
t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6
(c)
(a)
(e)
Displacement x
. dx
Velocity x =
dt
dv d 2 x
Acceleration px = = 2
dt dt
240 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
Solution
dx
(a) At rest means that the velocity c m is zero.
dt
dx
= 4 2t
dt
dx
When =0
dt
4 2t = 0
4 = 2t
2=t
So the particle is at rest after 2 seconds.
dx
Notice that there is a stationary point at = 0, so the particle turns
dt
around at this time.
(b) Initially, when t = 0:
x = 4(0) 0 2
=0
So the particle is at the origin.
After 3 seconds, t = 3:
x = 4(3) 3 2
=3
So the particle is 3 cm from the origin.
However, after 2 seconds, the particle turns around, so it hasnt
simply moved from the origin to 3 cm away. We need to nd where
it is when it turns around.
When t = 2:
x = 4 (2) 2 2
=4
So the particle is 4 cm from the origin.
The particle moves from the origin (x = 0) to 4 cm away in the rst
2 seconds, so it has travelled 4 cm.
It then turns and goes back to 3 cm from the origin. So in the 3rd
second it travels 1 cm back.
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 241
0 1 2 3 4 5
Solution
(a) dx
v=
dt
= 2t + 2
Initially, t = 0
` v = 2 (0) + 2
=2
So the initial velocity is 2 cms 1.
d2 x
(b) a = 2
dt
=2
the particle has a constant acceleration of 2 cms 2.
(c) At the origin x = 0
i.e. t2 + 2t + 3 = 0
(t + 1)(t 3) = 0 A time of 1 does
not exist.
` t = 1 or 3
So the particle will be at the origin after 3 s.
(d) For maximum displacement,
dx
=0
dt
2t + 2 = 0
2 = 2t
1=t
(Maximum displacement occurs when t = 1.)
When t = 1,
x = (1) 2 + 2 (1) + 3
=4
So maximum displacement is 4 cm.
CONTINUED
242 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
(e)
Solution
ds
(b) v =
dt
= 6 cos 2t
When the particle is at rest
v=0
i.e. 6 cos 2t = 0
cos 2t = 0
3 5
2t = , , ,...
2 2 2
3 5
` t= , , ,...
4 4 4
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 243
(c) x = 1 + 3 sin 2t
When t =
4
x = 1 + 3 sin
2
= 1 + 3 (1)
=4
3
When t =
4
3
x = 1 + 3 sin
2
= 1 + 3 ( 1)
= 2
5 7
Similarly, when t = , , , x moves between 4 m and 2 m from
4 4
the origin.
Investigation
6.4 Exercises
1. The displacement of a particle is 2. A particle is moving such that
given by x = t 3 9t cm, where t is its displacement is given by
time in seconds. s = 2t 2 8t + 3, where s is in
(a) Find the velocity of the metres and t is in seconds.
particle after 3 s. (a) Find the initial velocity.
(b) Find the acceleration after 2 s. (b) Show that acceleration is
(c) Show that the particle is constant and nd its value.
initially at the origin, and nd (c) Find the displacement after 5 s.
any other times that the particle (d) Find when the particle will be
will be at the origin. at rest.
(d) Find after what time the (e) What will the particles
acceleration will be 30 cms 2 . displacement be at that time?
(f) Sketch the graph of the
displacement against time.
244 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
3. A projectile is red into the air (d) Find the times when the
and its height in metres is given pendulum will be at rest.
by h = 40t 5t 2 + 4, where t is in (e) What will the displacement
seconds. be at these times?
(a) Find the initial height. (f) When will there be zero
(b) Find the initial velocity. displacement?
(c) Find the height after 1 s. (g) Show that acceleration
(d) What is the maximum height a = 4x.
of the projectile?
7. An object is travelling along a
(e) Sketch the graph of the
straight line over time t seconds,
height against time.
with displacement according to
4. The displacement in cm after the formula x = t 3 + 6t 2 2t + 1 m.
time t s of a particle moving (a) Find the equations of its
in a straight line is given by velocity and acceleration.
x = 2 t t 2. (b) What will its displacement be
(a) Find the initial displacement. after 5 s?
(b) Find when the particle will be (c) What will its velocity be
at the origin. after 5 s?
(c) Find the displacement (d) Find its acceleration after 5 s.
after 2 s.
8. The displacement, in centimetres,
(d) How far will the particle
of a body is given by x = (4t 3)5 ,
move in the rst 2 seconds?
where t is time in seconds.
(e) Find its velocity after 3 s. .
(a) Find equations for velocity x
..
5. The equation for displacement of and acceleration x .
. ..
a particle is given by x = e 2t + 1 m (b) Find the values of x, x and x
after time t seconds. after 1 s.
(a) Find the initial velocity. (c) Describe the motion of the
(b) Find the exact acceleration body after 1 s.
after 1 s.
9. The displacement of a particle, in
(c) Show that the acceleration is
metres, over time t seconds
always double the velocity.
1
(d) Sketch the graph of velocity is s = ut + gt 2, where u = 5 and
2
over time t. g = 10.
(a) Find the equation of the
6. The displacement of a pendulum
velocity of the particle.
is given by x = cos 2t cm after
(b) Find the velocity after 10 s.
time t seconds.
(c) Show that the acceleration is
(a) Find the equation for the
equal to g.
velocity of the pendulum.
(b) Find the equation for its 10. The displacement in metres after
acceleration. 2t 5
t seconds is given by s = .
(c) Find the initial displacement. 3t + 1
Find the equations for velocity
and acceleration.
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 245
x = # v dt
v = # a dt
EXAMPLES
Solution
x = # v dt
= # (3t 2 + 2t + 1) dt
= t3 + t2 + t + C
Initially means t = 0
When t = 0, x = 2
` 2 = 03 + 02 + 0 + C
=C
` x = t3 + t2 + t 2
When t = 5,
x = 53 + 52 + 5 2
= 125 + 25 + 5 2
= 153
So after 5 s the particle will be 153 cm to the right of the origin.
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 247
2
2. The acceleration of a particle is given by a = 6 ms 2. If the
(t + 1) 2
Solution
v= # a dt
= # e 6 (t +21) 2 o dt
When t = 9
x = 3 (9) 2 + 2 loge (9 + 1) 2 (9) + 1
= 243 + 2 loge 10 18 + 1
= 226 + 2 loge 10
= 2 (113 + loge 10)
6.5 Exercises
1. The velocity of a particle is given a velocity of 4 ms 1, nd the
by v = 3t2 5 cms 1. If the particle equation of the height of the
is at the origin initially, nd its projectile.
displacement after 3 s.
9. A particle is accelerating
2. A particle has velocity given by according to the equation
dx a = (3t + 1)2 ms 2. If the particle
= 2t 3 ms 1. After 3 s the
dt is initially at rest 2 m to the
particle is at the origin. Find its left of 0, nd its displacement
displacement after 7 s. after 4 s.
3. The velocity of a particle is given 10. The velocity of a particle is given
by v = 4 3t cms 1. If the particle by v = e t 1 ms 1. If the particle
is 5 cm from the origin after 2 s, is initially 3 m to the right of
nd the displacement after 7 s. the origin, nd its exact position
4. The velocity of a particle is given after 5 s.
by v = 8t3 3t2 cms 1. If the 11. A particle accelerates according
particle is initially at the origin, to the equation a = e 2t . If the
nd particle has initial velocity
(a) its acceleration after 5 s of zero cms 1 and initial
(b) its displacement after 3 s displacement of 1 cm, nd its
(c) when it will be at the origin displacement after 4 s, to the
again. nearest centimetre.
5. The velocity of a particle is given 12. The acceleration of a particle
by x: = 3e3t cms 1. Given that the is given by a = 9 sin 3t cms 2.
particle is initially 2 cm to the If the initial velocity is 5 cms 1
right of the origin, nd its exact and the particle is 3 cm to the
displacement after 1 s. left of the origin, nd the exact
6. A particle has a constant displacement after s.
acceleration of 12 ms 2. If the 13. The velocity of a particle is given
particle has a velocity of 2 ms 1 t
and is 3 m from the origin after by x: = 2 ms 1. If the particle
t +3
5 s, nd its displacement after 10 s.
is initially at the origin, nd its
7. The acceleration of an object is displacement after 10 s, correct to
given by 6t + 4 cms 2. The particle 2 decimal places.
is initially at rest at the origin. Find
14. The acceleration of an object is
(a) its velocity after 5 s
given by a = e 3t ms 2. If initially
(b) its displacement after 5 s.
the object is at the origin
8. A projectile is accelerating at a with velocity 2 ms 1, nd its
constant rate of 9.8 ms 2. If displacement after 3 seconds,
it is initially 2 m high and has correct to 3 signicant gures.
Chapter 6 Applications of Calculus to the Physical World 249
Test Yourself 6
1. A particle moves so that its displacement 8. The acceleration of a particle is
..
after t seconds is x = 4t 2 5t 3 metres. Find x = 6t 12 ms 2 . The particle is initially
(a) its initial displacement, velocity and at rest 3 metres to the left of the origin.
acceleration (a) Find the
(b) when the particle is at the origin (i) acceleration
(c) its maximum displacement. (ii) velocity
(iii) displacement after 5 seconds.
2. The velocity of a particle is given by
(b) Describe the motion of the particle
V = 6t 12t2 ms 1 . Find its displacement
after 5 seconds.
and acceleration after 3 seconds if it is
initially 5 m to the right of the origin. 9. The graph below shows the displacement
of a particle.
3. A city doubles its population in 25 years.
If it is growing exponentially, when will
it triple its population?
12. The height of a ball is h = 20t 5t2 metres 14. The graph below shows the velocity of a
after t seconds. particle.
(a) Find the height after 1 s.
(b) What is the maximum height of
the ball?
(c) What is the time of ight of the ball?
Challenge Exercise 6
1. (a) Find an equation for the 3. (a) Find an equation for the
displacement of a particle from the displacement of a particle from the
origin if its acceleration is given by origin if its acceleration is given by
dv dv
= 6 cos 3t cms 2 and initially the = 16 cos 4t cms 2 and initially the
dt dt
particle is at rest 2 cm to the right of the particle is at rest 1 cm to the right of the
origin. origin.
(b) Write the acceleration of the particle (b) Find the exact velocity of the particle
in terms of x. when it is 0.5 cm from the origin.
TERMINOLOGY
Annuity:
Terminology Bold Terminology
An annuity is a xed sum of money invested
text... Partial sum: The sum of a certain nite number of terms
every year that accumulates interest over a number of of a sequence
years
Sigma notation: The Greek letter stands for the sum of a
Arithmetic sequence: A set of numbers that form a sequence of a certain number of terms, called a partial
pattern where each successive term is a constant amount sum
(positive or negative) more than the previous one
Sequence: A set of numbers that form a pattern or obey
Common difference: The constant amount in an arithmetic a xed rule
sequence that is added to each term to get the next term
Series: The sum of a sequence of n terms
Common ratio: The constant amount in a geometric
Superannuation: A sum of money that is invested every
sequence that is multiplied to each term to get the next
year (or more frequently) as part of a salary to provide a
term
large amount of money when a person retires from the
Compound interest: Interest is added to the balance of a paid workforce
bank account so that the interest and balance both earn
Term: A term refers to the position of the number in a
interest
sequence. For example the rst term is the rst number
Geometric sequence: A set of numbers that form a in the sequence
pattern where each successive term is multiplied by a
constant amount to get the next term
Limiting sum: (or sum to innity) The sum of innite
terms of a geometric series where the common ratio r
obeys the condition 1 < r < 1
Chapter 7 Series 259
INTRODUCTION
THE INFINITE SUM OF a sequence of numbers (or terms) is called a series. Many
series occur in real lifethink of the way plants grow, or the way money
accumulates as a certain amount earns interest in a bank.
You will look at series in general, arithmetic, geometric series and their
applications.
General Series
A sequence forms a pattern. Some patterns are easy to see and some are
difcult. People are sometimes asked to identify sequences and their patterns
in tests of intelligence.
Number patterns and series of numbers have been known since the very beginning of civilisation.
The Rhind Papyrus, an Egyptian book written about 1650 BC, is one of the oldest books
on mathematics. It was discovered and deciphered by Eisenlohr in 1877, and it showed that
the ancient Egyptians had a vast knowledge of mathematics. The Rhind Papyrus describes the
problem of dividing 100 loaves among 5 people in a way that shows the Egyptians were exploring
arithmetic series.
Around 500 BC the Pythagoreans explored different polygonal numbers:
triangular numbers: 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 +
DID YOU KNOW?
Box text...
1 1+ 2 1+ 2 + 3 1+ 2 + 3 + 4
square numbers: 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 +
7.1 Exercises
Find the next 3 terms in each sequence or series of numbers.
3. 11 + 22 + 33 + 1 1 1
13. , , ,
2 4 8
4. 100, 95, 90, ... 2 4 8
14. , , ,
5 15 45
5. 7+5+3+ 15. 1 + 4 + 9 + 16 + 25 +
6. 99, 95, 91, ... 16. 1, 8, 27, 64, ...
1 1
7. , 1, 1 , 17. 0, 3, 8, 15, 24, ...
2 2
8. 1.3 + 1.9 + 2.5 + f 18. 3 + 6 + 11 + 18 + 27 +
9. 2, 4, 8, ... 19. 2 + 9 + 28 + 65 +
10. 4 + 12 + 36 + 20. 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13, ...
Research Fibonacci numbers and nd out where else they appear in nature.
EXAMPLE
Solution
(a) The rst term is 6, so when n = 1: T1 = 6
(b) The 2nd term is 13 so T2 = 13
(c) The 3rd term is 20 so T3 = 20
(d) Each term is 7 more than the previous term.
The 1st term is 6
The 2nd term is 13 = 6 + 7
The 3rd term is 20 = 6 + 7 + 7
= 6 + 2 7
CONTINUED
262 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
If we are given a formula for the nth term, we can nd out much more
about the series.
EXAMPLES
Solution
T1 = 3 (1) + 4
=7
T2 = 3 (2) + 4
= 10
T3 = 3 (3) + 4
= 13
So the series is 7 + 10 + 13 +
Solution
tn = 5n 1 = 104
5n = 105
n = 21
So 104 is the 21st term of the series.
Solution
(a) u1 = 103 3 (1)
= 100
u2 = 103 3 (2)
= 97
u3 = 103 3 (3)
= 94
So the series is 100 + 97 + 94 + . . . .
(b) For the rst negative term, we want
un < 0
i.e. 103 3n < 0
3n < 103
1
n > 34
3
Since n is an integer, n = 35
the 35th term is the rst negative term.
Solution
tn = 2n 1
We are given that the nth term is 4095 and need to nd n.
4095 = 2n 1
4096 = 2n You could use base e
instead of base 10.
log10 4096 = log10 2n
= n log10 2 You could use trial and
log10 4096 error to guess what
=n power of 2 is equal to
log10 2 4096 if you dont want to
12 = n use logarithms.
7.2 Exercises
1. Find the rst 3 terms of the series (f) un = 3n
with nth term as follows (g) Qn = 2n + 7
(a) Tn = 8n 5 (h) tn = 4n 2n
(b) Tn = 2n + 3 (i) Tn = 8n2 n + 1
(c) un = 6n 1 (j) Tn = n3 + n
(d) Tn = 8 5n
(e) tn = 20 n
264 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
2. Find the rst 3 terms of each series. 10. Which term of Tn = n2 3 is equal
(a) Tn = 3n 2 to 526?
(b) tn = 4n
(c) Tn = n2 + n 11. For the series Tn = n3, nd
(a) the 12th term
3. Find the 50th term of each series. (b) n if the nth term is 15 625.
(a) Tn = 7n 1
(b) tn = 2n + 5 12. A series is given by the formula
(c) Tn = 5n 2 Tn = 3 + 2n n2.
(d) Tn = 40 3n (a) Find the 25th term.
(e) Un = 8 7n (b) Find n if the nth term is 252.
4. Find the 10th term of each series. 13. Find the value of n that gives the
(a) Tn = 2n + 5 rst term of the series Tn = 3n + 2
(b) tn = 10 3n greater than 100.
(c) Tn = 2n n
14. Find the value of n that gives
(d) un = n2 5n + 3
the rst term of the series Tn = 2n
(e) Tn = n3 + 2
larger than 500.
5. Which of these are terms of the
15. Find the values of n where the
series Tn = 3n + 5?
series Tn = 4n 1 is greater than
(a) 68
350.
(b) 158
(c) 205 16. Find the values of n for which the
(d) 266 series Tn = 400 5n is less than
(e) 300 200.
6. Which of these are terms of the 17. Find the value of n that gives the
series Tn = 5n 1? rst negative term of the series
(a) 3126 Tn = 1000 2n.
(b) 124
18. Find the value of n that gives the
(c) 15 634
rst positive term of the series
(d) 78 124
Tn = 2n 300.
(e) 0
19. Find
7. Which term of the series with nth
(a) the value of n that gives the
term tn = 9n 15 is equal to 129?
rst negative term of the series
8. Is 255 a term of the series with un = 80 6n
nth term Tn = 2n 1? (b) the rst negative term.
9. Which term of the series with nth 20. Find the rst negative term of the
term un = n3 + 5 is 348? series Tn = 50 7n.
Chapter 7 Series 265
Sigma Notation
Series are often written in sigma notation. The Greek letter sigma () is like an
English S. Here it stands for the sum of a series.
Application
x = fx
f
where f is the sum of frequencies and fx is the sum of the scores frequencies.
EXAMPLES
5
1. Evaluate / r2
r =1
Solution
5
/ r2 means the sum of terms where the formula is r2 with r starting at 1
r =1
and ending at 5.
5
So / r2 = 12 + 22 + 32 + 42 + 52
r =1
= 1 + 4 + 9 + 16 + 25
= 55
7
2. Evaluate / (2n + 5)
3
Solution
7
/ (2n + 5) means the sum of terms where the formula is 2n + 5 with n
3
starting at 3 and ending at 7.
Can you work out how many terms there are in this series?
Notice that there are 5
7
/ (2n + 5) = (2 3 + 5) + (2 4 + 5) + (2 5 + 5) + (2 6 + 5) + (2 7 + 5) terms, since they include
both the 3 and the 7. We
3
= 11 + 13 + 15 + 17 + 19 work out the number of
terms by 7 3 + 1.
= 75
CONTINUED
266 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
Solution
There are 100 1 + 1 (a) The rst term is when n = 1 and the last term is when n = 100.
terms. There are 100 terms.
(b) The rst term is when n = 5 and the last term is when n = 50.
This is harder to work out. Look at example 2 where there are 5 terms.
We can work out the number of terms by 50 5 + 1.
There are 46 terms.
p
The number of terms in the series / f (n) is p q + 1
q
7.3 Exercises
1. Evaluate 5
4 (f) / 1n
(a) / (3 n + 2) 3
n =1 5
5 (g) / (n 2 n)
(b) / n2 n =1
n =2 4
6 (h) / | 3p 2|
(c) / (5n 6) 2
2 6
10 (i) / (2n)
(d) / (3r + 1) n =1
r =1 6
5 (j) / (3 n 2n 5)
(e) / (k 3 1) 3
k =2
Chapter 7 Series 267
each series?
(i) / (2n 3)
3
65
(a) / (7 ) n
(j)
55
/ (7 n + n )
n =1 11
100
(b) / (n 2 + 1 )
n =2
3. Write these series in sigma
80
(c) / (3n + 4) notation.
5 (a) 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + + 11
200
(d) / (3r2) (b) 7 + 14 + 21 + + 70
r =1 (c) 1 + 8 + 27 + 64 + 125
20
(d) 2 + 8 + 14 + + (6n 4)
(e) / (7n + 1)
10 (e) 9 + 16 + 25 + 36 + + n2
45
(f) 1 2 3 50
(f) / (n 2 + 3n) (g) 3 + 6 + 12 + + 3 2n
7
108 1 1 1
(g) / n3 (h) 1 + + + +
2 4 512
n = 12
(i) a + (a + d ) + (a + 2d ) + +
74
(h) / 4n (a + 5 n 1 ? d )
n =9
(j) a + ar + ar2 + ar3 + + ar n 1
Arithmetic Series
In an arithmetic series each term is a constant amount more than the
previous term. The constant is called the common difference.
EXAMPLES
Solution
We can see that the common difference between the terms is 4. To check
this, we notice that 9 5 = 4, 13 9 = 4, 17 13 = 4 and 21 17 = 4.
Solution
We can see that the common difference between the terms is 5. To
check this, we notice that 80 85 = 5, 75 80 = 5, 70 75 = 5 and
65 70 = 5.
268 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
1. If 5 + x + 31 + is an arithmetic series, nd x.
Solution
For an arithmetic series,
T2 T1 = T3 T2
5 + 31
i.e. x 5 = 31 x
Notice that x =
2
which is the average of
2x 5 = 31
T1 and T2. We call x the 2x = 36
arithmetic mean.
` x = 18
2.
(a) Evaluate k if (k + 2) + (3k + 2) + (6k 1) + is an arithmetic series.
(b) Write down the rst 3 terms of the series.
(c) Find the common difference d.
Solution
(a) For an arithmetic series, T2 T1 = T3 T2
So (3k + 2) (k + 2) = (6k 1) (3k + 2)
3k + 2 k 2 = 6k 1 3k 2
2k = 3k 3
0 =k3
3=k
(b) The series is (k + 2) + (3k + 2) + (6k 1) +
Substituting k = 3:
T1 = k + 2
=3+2
=5
T2 = 3k + 2
=33+ 2
= 11
T3 = 6k 1
= 6 31
= 17
(c) The sequence is 5 + 11 + 17 + . . .
11 5 = 17 11 = 6
So common difference d = 6.
Chapter 7 Series 269
a + (a + d ) + (a + 2d ) + (a + 3d ) + + [a + (n 1) d ] + is an arithmetic
series with rst term a, common difference d and nth term given by
Tn = a + (n 1) d
Proof
Let the rst term of an arithmetic series be a and the common difference d.
Then rst term is a
second term is a + d
third term is a + 2d
fourth term is a + 3d, and so on.
The nth term is a + (n 1) d.
EXAMPLES
Solution
a = 3, d = 7, n = 20
Tn = a + (n 1) d
T20 = 3 + (20 1) 7
= 3 + 19 7
= 136
Solution
a = 2, d = 6
Tn = a + (n 1) d
= 2 + (n 1) 6
= 2 + 6n 6
= 6n 4
Solution
a = 50, d = 3
For the rst positive term,
Tn > 0
CONTINUED
270 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
i.e. a + (n 1) d >0
50 + (n 1) 3 >0
50 + 3n 3 >0
3n 53 >0
3n > 53
2
n must be a positive integer. n > 17
3
` n = 18 gives the rst positive term
T18 = 50 + (18 1) 3
= 50 + 17 3
=1
So the rst positive term is 1.
4. The 5th term of an arithmetic series is 37 and the 8th term is 55. Find
the common difference and the rst term of the series.
Solution
Tn = a + (n 1) d
T5 = a + (5 1) d = 37
i.e. a + 4d = 37 ( 1)
T8 = a + (8 1) d = 55
i.e. a + 7d = 55 (2)
(2) (1): a + 4d = 37
3d = 18
d=6
Put d = 6 in (1):
a + 4 (6) = 37
a + 24 = 37
a = 13
So d = 6 and a = 13.
7.4 Exercises
1. The following series are arithmetic. (f) 32 + (x 1) + 51 +
Evaluate all pronumerals. (g) 3 + (2k + 3) + 21 +
(a) 5 + 9 + y + (h) x + (x + 3) + (2x + 5) +
(b) 8 + 2 + x + (i) (t 5) + 3t + (3t + 1) +
(c) 45 + x + 99 + (j) (2t 3) + (3t + 1) + (5t + 2) +
(d) 16 + b + 6 +
(e) x + 14 + 21 +
Chapter 7 Series 271
2. Find the 15th term of each series. 10. Which term of the series
(a) 4 + 7 + 10 + 25 + 18 + 11 + is equal to 73?
(b) 8 + 13 + 18 +
11. Is zero a term of the series
(c) 10 + 16 + 22 +
48 + 45 + 42 + ?
(d) 120 + 111 + 102 +
(e) 3 + 2 + 7 + 12. Is 270 a term of the series
3 + 11 + 19 + ?
3. Find the 100th term of each series.
(a) 4 + 2 + 8 + 13. Is 405 a term of the series
(b) 41 + 32 + 23 + 0 + 3 + 6 +?
(c) 18 + 22 + 26 +
(d) 125 + 140 + 155 + 14. Find the rst value of n for
(e) 1 5 9 which the terms of the series
100 + 93 + 86 + become less
4. What is the 25th term of each than 20.
series?
(a) 14 18 22 15. Find the values of n for
(b) 0.4 + 0.9 + 1.4 + which the terms of the series
(c) 1.3 + 0.9 + 0.5 + 86 83 80 are positive.
1
(d) 1 + 2 + 4 + 16. Find the rst negative term of
2
2 3
(e) 1 + 2 + 2 + 54 + 50 + 46 + .
5 5
5. For the series 3 + 5 + 7 + , write 17. Find the rst term that is
an expression for the nth term. greater than 100 in the series
3 + 7 + 11 + .
6. Write an expression for the nth
term of the following series. 18. The rst term of an arithmetic
(a) 9 + 17 + 25 + series is -7 and the common
(b) 100 + 102 + 104 + difference is 8. Find the 100th
(c) 6 + 9 + 12 + term of the series.
(d) 80 + 86 + 92 + 19. The rst term of an arithmetic
(e) 21 17 13 series is 15 and the 3rd term is 31.
(f) 15 + 10 + 5 + (a) Find the common difference
7 1
(g) + 1 + 1 + (b) Find the 10th term of the
8 8
(h) 30 32 34 series.
(i) 3.2 + 4.4 + 5.6 +
20. The rst term of an arithmetic
1 1
(j) + 1 + 2 + series is 3 and the 5th term is 39.
2 4
Find its common difference.
7. Find which term of
3 + 7 + 11 + is equal to 111. 21. The 2nd term of an arithmetic
series is 19 and the 7th term
8. Which term of the series
is 54. Find its rst term and
1 + 5 + 9 + is 213?
common difference.
9. Which term of the series
15 + 24 + 33 + is 276?
272 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
24. If the 3rd term of an arithmetic 29. Find the 40th term of
series is 45 and the 9th term is 75, 5b + 8b + 11b +
nd the 50th term of the series.
30. Which term is 213y of the series
25. The 7th term of an arithmetic 28y + 33y + 38y + ?
series is 17 and the 10th term is 53.
Find the 100th term of the series.
The sum of the rst n terms of an arithmetic series (nth partial sum) is given
by the formula:
n
Sn = (a + l) where l = last or nth term
2
Proof
Let the last or nth term be l.
S n = a + ( a + d ) + ( a + 2d ) + + l ( 1)
Sn = l + (l d ) + (l 2d ) + + a (2)
2Sn = (a + l ) + (a + l ) + (a + l ) + + (a + l ) (1) + (2)
= n (a + l )
n
` S n = (a + l )
2
In general,
n
Sn = [ 2 a + ( n 1) d ]
2
Chapter 7 Series 273
Proof
Since l = n th term,
l = a + ( n 1) d
n
` Sn =(a + l)
2
n
= [ a + a + ( n 1 ) d]
2
n
= [2a + (n 1) d]
2
We use this formula when the nth term is unknown.
EXAMPLES
1. Evaluate 9 + 14 + 19 + + 224.
Solution
a = 9, d = 5
First we nd n.
Tn = 224
` Tn = a + (n 1) d
224 = 9 + (n 1) 5
= 9 + 5n 5
= 5n + 4
220 = 5n
44 = n
n
` S n = (a + l )
2
44
S44 = (9 + 224)
2
= 22 233
= 5126
Solution
a = 2, d = 9, Sn = 618
n
Sn = [2a + (n 1) d]
2
n
618 = [2 2 + (n 1) 9]
2
1236 = n (4 + 9n 9)
= n (9n 5)
= 9n2 5n
CONTINUED
274 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
0 = 9n2 5n 1236
= (n 12) (9n + 103)
n must be a positive integer.
` n = 12 or 11.4
But n cannot be negative, so n = 12.
3. The 6th term of an arithmetic series is 23 and the sum of the rst
10 terms is 210. Find the sum of 20 terms.
Solution
Tn = a + (n 1) d
T6 = a + (6 1) d = 23
a + 5d = 23 (1)
n
S n = [ 2 a + ( n 1 ) d]
2
10
S10 = [2a + (10 1) d] = 210
2
5 (2a + 9d) = 210
2a + 9d = 42 (2 )
(1) (2): 2a + 10d = 46 (3 )
(2) (3): d = 4
d=4
Substitute d = 4 in (1):
a + 5 (4) = 23
a + 20 = 23
a=3
20
S20 = [2 (3) + (20 1) 4]
2
= 10 [6 + 19 (4)]
= 10 82
= 820
50
4. Evaluate / 3r + 2.
r =1
Solution
50
It would take a long time to
add these up!
/ 3r + 2 = (3 1 + 2) + (3 2 + 2) + (3 3 + 2) + + (3 50 + 2)
r =1
= 5 + 8 + 11 + + 152
Arithmetic series with a = 5, d = 3, l = 152, n = 50
n
S n = (a + l)
2
50
S50 = (5 + 152)
2
= 25 157
= 3925
Chapter 7 Series 275
7.5 Exercises
1. Find the sum of 15 terms of the 7. How many terms of the series
series. 45 + 47 + 49 + give a sum of
(a) 4 + 7 + 10 + 1365?
(b) 2 + 7 + 12 +
8. For what value of n is the
(c) 60 + 56 + 52 +
sum of the arithmetic series
2. Find the sum of 30 terms of the 5 + 9 + 13 + equal to 152?
series.
9. How many terms of the series
(a) 1 + 7 + 13 +
80 + 73 + 66 + give a sum
(b) 15 + 24 + 33 +
of 495?
(c) 95 + 89 + 83 +
10. The sum of the rst 5 terms of
3. Find the sum of 25 terms of the
an arithmetic series is 110 and
series.
the sum of the rst 10 terms is
(a) 2 + 5 + 12 +
320. Find the rst term and the
(b) 5 4 13
common difference.
4. Find the sum of 50 terms of the
11. The sum of the rst 5 terms of
series.
an arithmetic series is 35 and
(a) 50 + 44 + 38 +
the sum of the next 5 terms is
(b) 11 + 14 + 17 +
160. Find the rst term and the
5. Evaluate common difference.
(a) 15 + 20 + 25 + + 535
12. Find S25, given an arithmetic
(b) 9 + 17 + 25 + + 225
series whose 8th term is 16 and
(c) 5 + 2 1 91
whose 13th term is 81.
(d) 81 + 92 + 103 + + 378
(e) 229 + 225 + 221 + + 25 13. The sum of 12 terms of an
(f) 2 + 6 + 14 + + 94 arithmetic series is 186 and the
(g) 0 9 18 216 20th term is 83. Find the sum
(h) 79 + 81 + 83 + + 229 of 40 terms.
(i) 14 + 11 + 8 + 43
1 3 1 14. How many terms of the series
(j) 1 + 1 + 2 + + 25
2 4 4 20 + 18 + 16 + give a sum of
6. Evaluate 104?
20
(a) / 4n 7 15. The sum of the rst 4 terms of
n =1
15 an arithmetic series is 42 and
(b) / 5 3r the sum of the 3rd and 7th term
r =1
20 is 46. Find the sum of the rst
(c) / 4 6r 20 terms.
r =3
50
(d) / 5n + 3 16. (a) Show that
n =1 (x + 1) + (2x + 4) + (3x + 7) + is
40
an arithmetic series.
(e) / 4 3n
5 (b) Find the sum of the rst 50
terms of the series.
276 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
17. The 20th term of an arithmetic 19. Prove that Tn = Sn Sn 1 for any
series is 131 and the sum of the series.
6th to 10th terms inclusive is 235.
Find the sum of the rst 20 terms. 20. Find the sum of all integers
between 1 and 100 that are not
18. The sum of 50 terms of an multiples of 6.
arithmetic series is 249 and the
sum of 49 terms of the series is
233. Find the 50th term of the
series.
Class Investigation
Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz (16461716) discovered this result. It is interesting that while
is an irrational number, it can be written as the sum of rational numbers.
Geometric Series
In a geometric series each term is formed by multiplying the preceding term
by a constant. The constant is called the common ratio.
EXAMPLE
Solution
By looking at this sequence, each term is multiplied by 2 to get the next
term.
If you cant see this, we divide the terms as follows:
6 12
= =2
3 6
Chapter 7 Series 277
EXAMPLES
Solution
T2 T3
For a geometric series =
T1 T2
x 45
= x
5 x is called the
x2 = 225 geometric mean.
x = 225
= 15 When r is negative, the
If x = 15 the series is 5 + 15 + 45 + (r = 3) . signs alternate.
1 1 1
2. Is + + + a geometric series?
4 6 18
Solution
T2 1 1
=
T1 6 4
1 4
=
6 1
2
=
3
T3 1 1
=
T2 18 6
1 6
=
18 1
1
=
3
T2
T1
the series is not geometric.
278 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Proof
Let the rst term of a geometric series be a and the common ratio be r.
Then rst term is a
second term is ar
third term is ar 2
fourth term is ar 3, and so on
nth term is ar n 1
EXAMPLES
1.
(a) Find the 10th term of the series 3 + 6 + 12 +
(b) Write an expression for the nth term of the series.
Solution
(a) This is a geometric series with a = 3 and r = 2.
We want the 10th term, so n = 10.
Tn = ar n 1
T10 = 3 (2)10 1
= 3 29
= 1536
(b) Tn = ar n 1
= 3 ( 2) n 1
2 4 8
2. Find the common ratio of + + + and hence nd the 8th
3 15 75
term in index form.
Solution
4 2 8 4
r= c= m
15 3 75 15
4 3
=
15 2
2
=
5
Chapter 7 Series 279
Tn = ar n 1
2 2 81
T8 = c m
3 5
2 2 7
= c m
3 5
28 Terms can become very
= large in geometric series.
3 57
Solution
a = 5, r = 2, n = 10
Tn = ar n 1
T10 = 5 ( 2)10 1
= 5 ( 2)9
= 5 ( 512)
= 2560
Solution
This is a geometric series with a = 4 and r = 3.
The nth term is 78 732.
Tn = ar n 1
78 732 = 4 (3)n 1
19 683 = 3n 1
log10 19 683 = log10 3n 1
= (n 1) log 3
log10 19 683
= n 1
log10 3
9 = n 1
You could use logarithms to
10 = n the base e or ln instead of
logarithms to the base 10.
So the 10th term is 78 732.
CONTINUED
280 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
5. The third term of a geometric series is 18 and the 7th term is 1458.
Find the first term and the common ratio.
Solution
Tn = ar n 1
T3 = ar 3 1 = 18
ar 2 = 18 (1)
71
T7 = ar = 1458
Always divide the equations in
ar = 1458
6
(2)
geometric series to eliminate a.
(2) (1): r4 = 81
r = 4 81
= 3
Substitute r = 3 into (1):
a (3)2 = 18
9a = 18
a=2
1
6. Find the first value of n for which the terms of the series + 1 + 5 +
5
exceed 3000.
Solution
1
a= ,r = 5
5
For terms to exceed 3000,
Tn > 3000
ar n 1 > 3000
1 n1
(5 ) > 3000
5
5n 1 > 15 000
log 5n 1 > log 15 000
(n 1) log 5 > log 15 000
log 15 000
n 1 >
log 5
log 15 000
n> +1
log 5
n must be an integer. n > 6.97
` n=7
So the 7th term is the first term to exceed 3000.
Chapter 7 Series 281
7.6 Exercises
1. Are the following series (h) 1000 100 + 10
geometric? If they are, nd the (i) 3 + 9 27 +
common ratio. 1 2 4
(j) + + +
(a) 5 + 20 + 60 + 3 15 75
1
(b) 4 + 3 2 + 4. Find the 6th term of each series.
4
3 3 3 (a) 8 + 24 + 72 +
(c) + + +
4 14 49 (b) 9 + 36 + 144 +
5 1 (c) 8 32 + 128 +
(d) 7 + 5 + 3 +
6 3 (d) 1 + 5 25 +
(e) 14 + 42 168 + 2 4 8
1 8 8 (e) + + +
(f) 1 + + + 3 9 27
3 9 27
(g) 5.7 + 1.71 + 0.513 + 5. What is the 9th term of each
1 7 81
(h) 2 1 + + series?
4 20 100
7 (a) 1 + 2 + 4 +
(i) 63 + 9 + 1 + (b) 4 + 12 + 36 +
8
7 (c) 1 + 1.04 + 1.0816 +
(j) 1 + 15 120 +
8 (d) 3 + 6 12 +
3 3 3
2. Evaluate all pronumerals in these (e) +
4 8 16
geometric series.
(a) 4 + 28 + x + 6. Find the 8th term of each series.
(b) 3 + 12 + y + (a) 3 + 15 + 75 +
(c) 2 + a + 72 + (b) 2.1 + 4.2 + 8.4 +
(d) y + 2 + 6 + (c) 5 20 + 80
(e) x + 8 + 32 + 1 3 9
(d) + +
(f) 5 + p + 20 + 2 10 50
47 10 5
(g) 7 + y + 63 + (e) 1 +2 + 3 +
81 27 9
(h) 3 + m 12 +
(i) 3 + (x 4) + 15 + 7. Find the 20th term of each series,
(j) 3 + (k 1) + 21 + leaving the answer in index form.
1 1 (a) 3 + 6 + 12 +
(k) + t + + ,
4 9
(b) 1 + 7 + 14 +
1 4
(l) + t + +, (c) 1.04 + 1.042 + 1.043 +
3 3
1 1 1
(d) + + +
3. Write an expression for the nth 4 8 16
3 9 27
term of the following series. (e) + + +
4 16 64
(a) 1 + 5 + 25 +
(b) 1 + 1.02 + 1.0404 +
(c) 1 + 9 + 81 +
(d) 2 + 10 + 50 +
(e) 6 + 18 + 54 +
(f) 8 + 16 + 32 +
1
(g) + 1 + 4 +
4
282 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
The sum of the rst n terms of a geometric series (nth partial sum) is given by
the formula:
a ( r n 1)
Sn = for |r | > 1
You studied absolute values r1
in the Preliminary Course
| r | < 1 means 1 < r < 1.
a (1 r n )
Sn = for |r | < 1
What does | r | > 1 mean? 1r
Proof
The sum of a geometric series can be written
Sn = a + ar + ar 2 + . . . + ar n 1 (1)
rSn = ar + ar 2 + ar 3 + . . . + ar n (2)
(1) (2): Sn (1 r) = a ar n
= a (1 r n )
a (1 r n )
Sn =
1r
EXAMPLES
Solution
This is a geometric series with a = 3, r = 4 and we want n = 10.
Since r > 1 we use the rst formula.
a (r n 1 )
Sn =
r1
3 (410 1)
=
41
3 (410 1)
=
3
=4 1
10
= 1 048 575
11
2. Evaluate / 2n .
3
Solution
11
/ 2n = 23 + 24 + 25 + . . . + 211
3
= 8 + 16 + 32 + . . . + 2048 Can you see why n = 9?
Count the terms carefully.
Geometric series with a = 8, r = 2, n = 9
a (r n 1 )
Sn =
r1
8 (2 9 1 )
S9 =
21
8 (512 1)
=
1
= 8 511
= 4088
2 20
3. Evaluate 60 + 20 + 6 ++ .
3 81
Solution
1 20
a = 60, r = ,T = First nd n.
3 n 81
20
Tn = ar n 1 =
81
CONTINUED
284 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
1 n 1 20
60 c m =
3 81
1 n1 1
c m =
3 243
1 1
n1
=
3 243
1 1
=
3n 1 35
`n1 =5
n=6
a (1 r n )
Sn =
1r
1 6
60 = 1 c m G
3
S6 =
1
1
3
1
60 c 1 m
729
=
2
3
728 3
= 60 c m
729 2
71
= 89
81
Solution
a = 1, r = 4, Sn = 21 845
a (r n 1 )
Sn =
r1
1 (4 n 1 )
21 845 =
41
4n 1
=
3
65 535 = 4 1
n
65 536 = 4n
48 = 4n
` n=8
So 8 terms gives a sum of 21 845.
Chapter 7 Series 285
7.7 Exercises
1. Find the sum of 10 terms of the 8. Find the sum of 25 terms of
series. the series 1 + 1.12 + 1.122 + f ,
(a) 6 + 24 + 96 + correct to 2 decimal places.
(b) 3 + 15 + 75 +
9. Find the value of n if the
2. Find the sum of 8 terms of the sum of n terms of the series
series. 11 + 33 + 99 + is equal to
(a) 1 + 7 49 + 108 251.
(b) 8 + 24 + 72 +
10. How many terms of the series
3. Find the sum of 15 terms of the 1 1 1
+ + + give a sum of
series. 2 4 8
(a) 4 + 8 + 16 + 1023
?
3 3 3 1024
(b) +
4 8 16 11. The common ratio of a geometric
4. Evaluate series is 4 and the sum of the rst
(a) 2 + 10 + 50 + + 6250 5 terms is 3069. Find the rst
1 9 term.
(b) 18 + 9 + 4 + +
2 64
(c) 3 + 21 + 147 + + 7203 12. Find the number of terms needed
3 1 3 1 to be added for the sum to
(d) + 2 + 6 + + 182
4 4 4 4 exceed 1 000 000 in the series
(e) 3 + 6 12 + + 384 4 + 16 + 64 +
PUZZLES
1. A poor girl saved a rich king from drowning one day. The king offered the
girl a reward of sums of money in 30 daily payments. He gave the girl a
choice of payments:
Choice 1: $1 the rst day, $2 the second day, $3 the third day and so on.
Choice 2: 1 cent the rst day, 2 cents the second day, 4 cents the third day
and so on, the payment doubling each day.
How much money would the girl receive for each choice? Which plan
would give the girl more money?
This is a hard one! 2. Can you solve Fibonaccis Problem?
A man entered an orchard through 7 guarded gates and gathered a certain
number of apples. As he left the orchard he gave the guard at the rst gate
half the apples he had and 1 apple more. He repeated this process for each
of the remaining 6 guards and eventually left the orchard with 1 apple.
How many apples did he gather? (He did not give away any half apples.)
2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + 32 + 64 + 128 +
EXAMPLE
1 1 1 1
For the series 2 + 1 + + + + + , notice that after a while the
2 4 8 16
Can you estimate the sum of terms are becoming closer and closer to zero and so will not add much to
this series? the sum of the whole series.
(a) Evaluate, correct to 4 decimal places, the sum of
(i) 10 terms
(ii) 20 terms.
(b) Estimate its limiting sum.
Chapter 7 Series 287
Solution
1
(a) a = 2, r =
2
(i) n = 10
a (1 r n )
Sn =
1r
1 10
2e1 c m o
2
=
1
1
2
1
2 c 1 10 m
2
=
1
2
= 3.9961
(ii) n = 20
a (1 r n )
Sn =
1r
1 20
2e1 c m o
2
=
1
1
2
1
2 c 1 20 m
2
=
1
2
= 4.0000
(b) The limiting sum is 4.
Can you see why the series 2 + 4 + 8 + 16 + diverges and the series
1 1
2 + 1 + + + converges?
2 4
The difference is in the common ratio. Only geometric series with
common ratios | r | < 1 will converge and have a limiting sum.
a
S =
1r
| r | < 1 is the necessary condition for the limiting sum to exist.
288 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Proof
a (1 r n )
Sn =
1r
For | r | < 1, as n increases, r n decreases and approaches zero
1
e.g. When r = :
2
1 10 1 1 20 1
c m = and c m =
2 1024 2 1 048 576
a (1 0)
` S =
1r
a
=
1r
EXAMPLES
1 1
1. Find the limiting sum of 2 + 1 + + +
2 4
Solution
In the previous example, we guessed that the limiting sum was 4. Here we
will use the formula to nd the limiting sum.
1
a = 2, r =
2
a
S =
1r
2
=
1
1
2
2
=
1
2
2
=2
1
= 4
2
2. Find the sum of the series 6 + 2 + +
3
Solution
2
2 3 1
a = 6, r = = =
6 2 3
Chapter 7 Series 289
a
S =
1r
6
=
1
1
3
6
=
2
3
3
=6
2
=9
CONTINUED
290 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
n
4. Evaluate / 2 c 23 m
n =2
Solution
n
2 2 2 3 2 4
/ 2 c 23 m= 2c m + 2c m + 2c m +
3 3 3
n =2
4 8 16
= 2c m + 2c m + 2c m +
9 27 81
8 16 32
= + + +
9 27 81
8 2
a= ,r=
9 3
a
S =
1r
8
9
=
2
1
3
8
9
=
1
3
8 3
=
9 1
2
=2
3
7.8 Exercises
1. Which of the following series 2. Find the limiting sum of each
have a limiting sum? Find its series.
limiting sum where it exists. (a) 40 + 20 + 10 +
(a) 9 + 3 + 1 + (b) 320 + 80 + 20 +
1 1 (c) 100 50 + 25
(b) + + 1 +
4 2 1
(d) 6 + 3 + 1 +
(c) 16 4 + 1 2
2 7 49 2 6 18
(d) + + + (e) + + +
3 9 54 5 35 245
2 4 (f) 72 24 + 8
(e) 1 + + + 1
3 9 (g) 12 + 2 +
5 1 1 3
(f) + + + 3 1 1
8 8 40 (h) +
(g) 6 + 36 216 + 4 2 3
3
1 7 27 (i) 12 + 9 + 6 +
(h) 2 + 1 1 + 4
4 8 48
2 5 25
1 1 1 (j) + +
(i) + + + 3 12 96
9 6 4
4 8
(j) 2 +
5 25
Chapter 7 Series 291
18. (a) For what values of k does the (c) Evaluate p if the limiting sum
limiting sum exist for the series 7
of the series is .
k + k2 + k3 + ? 8
(b) Find the limiting sum of the 20. Show that in any geometric
2 series the difference between
series when k = .
3 the limiting sum and the sum of
(c) Evaluate k if the limiting sum ar n
n terms is .
of the series is 3. 1r
Applications of Series
General applications
Arithmetic and geometric series are useful in solving real life problems
involving patterns. It is important to choose the correct type of series and
know whether you are asked to nd a term or a sum of terms.
EXAMPLES
Solution
The rst row has 5 cans, the 2nd row has 7 cans, the 3rd row 9 cans and
so on. This forms an arithmetic series with a = 5 and d = 2.
(a) For the 11th row, we want n = 11.
Tn = a + (n 1) d
T11 = 5 + (11 1) 2
= 5 + 10 2
= 25
So there are 25 cans in the 11th row.
Chapter 7 Series 293
(b) If there are 320 cans altogether, this is the sum of cans in all rows.
So Sn = 320
n
Sn = [2a + (n 1) d ]
2
n
320 = [2 5 + (n 1) 2]
2
n
= [10 + 2n 2]
2
n
= [2 n + 8 ]
2
= n 2 + 4n
0 = n2 + 4n 320
= (n 16) (n + 20)
n 16 = 0, n + 20 = 0
n = 16, n = 20
Since n must be a positive integer, then n = 16.
There are 16 rows of cans.
Solution
(a) (i) 1 layer lets in 95% of light.
So 2 layers let in 95% 95% of light.
95% 95% = 0.95 0.95 To convert a percentage to
= 0.9025 a decimal, divide by 100
and to convert a decimal
= 90.25% to a percentage, multiply
by 100.
So 2 layers let in 90.25% of light.
(ii) 1 layer lets in 95% or 0.95 of light.
2 layers let in 0.95 0.95 or 0.952 of light.
3 layers let in 0.952 0.95 or 0.953 of light.
0.953 = 0.857
= 85.7%
So 3 layers let in 85.7% of light.
CONTINUED
294 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
0.5 is called a recurring
decimal.
1. Write 0.5 as a fraction.
Solution
0. 5 = 0.5555555
5 5 5
= + + +
10 100 1000
5 1 1
This is a geometric series with a = = and r = .
a 10 2 10
S =
1r
1
2
=
1
1
10
1
2
=
9
10
Chapter 7 Series 295
1 10
=
2 9
5
=
9
1
2. A ball is dropped from a height of 1 metre and bounces up to of
1 3
its height. It continues bouncing, rising of its height on each bounce
3
until it eventually reaches the ground. What is the total distance through
which it travels?
Solution
1m
1 1
m m
3 3 1 1
m m
9 9
Notice that there is a series for the ball coming downwards and another
series upwards.
There is more than one way of calculating the total distance. Here is one Can you nd the total
way of solving it. distance a different way?
1 1 1 1 1 1
Total distance = 1 + + + + + + +f
3 3 9 9 27 27
1 1 1
= 1 + 2c + + +f m
3 9 27
1 1 1 1 1
+ + + is a geometric series with a = and r =
3 9 27 3 3
a
S =
1r
1
3
=
1
1
3
1
3
=
2
3
1 3
=
3 2
1
=
2
1
Total distance = 1 + 2 c m
2
=1+1
=2
So the ball travels 2 metres altogether.
296 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Investigation
1. In the second example above, in theory will the ball ever stop?
2. Kim owes $1000 on her credit card. If she pays back 10% of the amount
owing each month, she will never nish paying it off. Is this true or false?
7.9 Exercises
1. A market gardener plants daffodil 3. A set of books is stacked in
bulbs in rows, starting with a row layers, where each layer contains
of 45 bulbs. Each successive row three books fewer than the layer
has 5 more bulbs. below. There are 6 books in the
(a) Calculate the number of bulbs top layer, 9 in the next layer
in the 34th row. and so on. There are n layers
(b) Which row would be the altogether.
rst to have more than 100 bulbs (a) Write down the number of
in it? books in the bottom layer.
(c) The market gardener plants 3
(b) Show that there are n (n + 3)
10 545 bulbs. How many rows are 2
there? books in the stack altogether.
6. A timber fence is to be built on (a) How far does the child run to
sloping land, with the shortest get to the kth apple?
piece of timber 1.2 m and the (b) How far does the child run
longest 1.8 m. There are 61 pieces to fetch all k apples, including
of timber in the fence. return trips to P?
(c) The child runs 270 m to fetch
all apples and return them to the
bucket. How many apples are
there?
11. Write each recurring decimal as a 15. An object rolls 0.5 m in the rst
fraction. second. Then each second
(a) 0.4 5
after, it rolls by of its previous
(b) 0.7 6
roll. Find how far it will roll
(c) 1.2
altogether.
(d) 0.25
(e) 2.8 1 2
16. A lamb grows by of its previous
(f) 0.23
5
growth each month. If a lamb is
(g) 1.47
45 cm tall,
(h) 1.015
(a) how tall will it be after
(i) 0.132
6 months?
(j) 2.36 1
(b) what will its nal height be?
12. A frog jumps 0.5 metres. It
then jumps 0.1 m and on each
subsequent jump, travels 0.2 m
of the previous distance. Find the
total distance through which the
frog jumps.
The two longest lines are each 2 m long, then the next two lines are
3 7
1 m long and each subsequent pair of lines are of the length of the
4 8
previous lines. Find the total distance of the lines.
21. Kate receives an email chain (b) how many people would
letter that she is asked to send receive the email when it is
to 8 friends. If Kate forwards this sent for the 9th time?
email on to 8 friends and each of (c) how many people would
them sends it on to 8 friends, and have received the email
so on, altogether if it is sent 9 times?
(a) describe the number of
people receiving the email as a
sequence (including Kates email)
Compound interest
EXAMPLE
You may remember that
p.a. means per annum or
An amount of $2000 is invested at the rate of 6% p.a. Find the amount in annually.
Solution
After 1 year: The amount in the bank is the original amount plus the
interest of 6% earned on the amount.
Amount 1 = $2000 + 6% of $2000
= $2000 (1 + 6%)
= $2000 (1 + 0.06)
= $2000 (1.06)
CONTINUED
300 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
After 2 years: The amount in the bank is the previous amount plus the
interest of 6% earned on this amount.
A = P (1 + r)n where
P = principal (initial amount)
r = interest rate as a decimal
n = number of time periods
Proof
Let $P be invested at the rate of r p.a. compound interest for n years where r is
a decimal.
After 1 year:
Amount = P + r of P
= P ( 1 + r)
Factorise using a common
After 2 years:
factor of P (1 + r). Amount = P (1 + r) + r of P (1 + r)
= P ( 1 + r ) ( 1 + r)
= P ( 1 + r) 2
After 3 years:
Amount = P (1 + r)2 + r of P (1 + r)2
= P (1 + r) 2 ( 1 + r)
= P (1 + r) 3
Following this pattern, the amount after n years will be P (1 + r)n .
Chapter 7 Series 301
EXAMPLES
1. Find the amount that will be in the bank after 6 years if $2000 is
invested at 12% p.a. with interest paid
(a) yearly
(b) quarterly
(c) monthly.
Solution
P = 2000
(a) r = 12%
= 0.12
n=6
A = P (1 + r)n
= 2000 (1 + 0.12)6
= 2000 (1.12)6
= 3947.65 Always round money off
to 2 decimal places (to the
So the amount is $3947.65. nearest cent).
CONTINUED
302 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
2. Geoff wants to invest enough money to pay for a $10 000 holiday in
5 years time. If interest is 8% p.a., how much does Geoff need to invest
now?
Solution
A = 10 000, r = 8% = 0.08 and n = 5
We want to nd the principal P.
A = P (1 + r)n
10 000 = P (1 + 0.08)5
= P (1.08)5
10 000
=P
1.085
6805.83 = P
So Geoff will need to invest $6805.83 now.
Solution
P = 1800, A = 2722.66
Interest is paid twice a year.
r = 6% = 0.06 p.a.
= 0.06 2
= 0.03 twice a year
We want to nd n
A = P (1 + r) n
2722.66 = 1800 (1 + 0.03)n
= 1800 (1.03)n
2722.66
= 1.03n
1800
1.5126 = 1.03n
log 1.5126 = log 1.03n
= n log 1.03
log 1.5126
=n
log 1.03
14 = n
Since interest is paid in twice a year, the number of years will be 14 2.
So the money was invested for 7 years.
Chapter 7 Series 303
7.10 Exercises
1. Find the amount of money in the 8. Find the amount of money there
bank after 10 years if will be after 15 years if $6000
(a) $500 is invested at 4% p.a. earns 9% p.a. interest, paid
(b) $7500 is invested at 7% p.a. quarterly.
(c) $8000 is invested at 8% p.a.
9. How much money will be in
(d) $5000 is invested at 6.5% p.a.
a bank account after 5 years if
(e) $2500 is invested at 7.8% p.a.
$500 earns 6.5% p.a. with interest
2. Sam banks $1500 where it earns paid monthly?
interest at the rate of 6% p.a.
10. Find the amount of interest
Find the amount after 5 years if
earned over 4 years if $1400 earns
interest is paid
6% p.a. paid quarterly.
(a) annually
(b) twice a year 11. How much money will be in a
(c) quarterly. credit union account after 8 years
if $8000 earns 7.5% p.a. interest
3. Chad banks $3000 in an account
paid monthly?
that earns 5% p.a. Find the
amount in the bank after 10 years 12. Elva wins a lottery and invests
if interest is paid $500 000 in an account that
(a) quarterly earns 8% p.a. with interest paid
(b) monthly. monthly. How much will be in
the account after 12 years?
4. I put $350 in the bank where it
earns interest of 8% p.a. with 13. Calculate the amount deposited
interest paid annually. Find the 4 years ago at 5% p.a. if the
amount there will be in the current amount in the account is
account after 2 years. (a) $5000
(b) $675
5. How much money will there be
(c) $12 000
in an investment account after
(d) $289.50
3 years if interest of 4.5% p.a. is
(e) $12 800.
paid twice a year on $850?
14. How much was banked 3 years
6. Find the amount of money there
ago if the amount in the bank
will be in a bank after 8 years if
now is $5400 and interest is
$1000 earns interest of 7% p.a.
5.8% p.a. paid quarterly?
with interest paid twice a year.
15. How many years ago was an
7. Abdul left $2500 in a building
investment made if $5000 was
society account for 4 years, with
invested at 6% p.a. paid monthly
interest of 5.5% p.a. paid yearly.
and is now worth $6352.45?
How much money did he have
in the account at the end of that
time?
304 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
16. Find the number of years that 19. Kate has $4000 in a bank account
$10 000 was invested at 8% p.a. that pays 5% p.a. with interest
with interest paid twice a year if paid annually and Rachel has
there is now $18 729.81 in the $4000 in a different account
bank. paying 4% quarterly. Which
person will receive the most
17. Jude invested $4500 ve years
interest over 5 years and by how
ago at x% p.a. Evaluate x if Jude
much?
now has an amount of
(a) $6311.48 20. A bank offers investment account
(b) $5743.27 A at 8% p.a. with interest
(c) $6611.98 paid twice a year and account
(d) $6165.39 B with interest paid at 6% p.a.
(e) $6766.46 in the bank. at monthly intervals. If Georgie
invests $5000 over 6 years, which
18. Hamish is given the choice of a
account pays the most interest?
bank account in which interest
How much more does it pay?
is paid annually or quarterly.
If he deposits $1200, nd the
difference in the amount of
interest paid over 3 years if
interest is 7% p.a.
Annuities
EXAMPLES
Solution
It is easier to keep track of each annual amount separately.
The rst amount earns interest for 25 years, the 2nd amount earns
interest for 24 years, the 3rd amount for 23 years and so on.
Chapter 7 Series 305
Solution
P = 50
r = 12%
= 0.12
The monthly interest rate is
0.12 12 = 0.01.
Monthly interest over 10 years gives
n = 10 12
= 120
CONTINUED
306 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
The rst amount earns interest for 119 months, since it is deposited at the
end of the month.
The 2nd amount earns interest for 118 months, the 3rd amount for
117 months and so on.
The 120th amount earns no interest as it goes in at the end of the last
month.
A = P (1 + r)n
= 50 (1 + 0.01)n
= 50 (1.01)n
A1 = 50 (1.01)119
A2 = 50 (1.01)118
A3 = 50 (1.01)117
.
.
.
A120 = 50 (1.01) 0
Total amount
T = A1 + A2 + A3 + + A120
= 50 (1.01)119 + 50 (1.01)118 + 50 (1.01)117 + + 50 (1.01)0
= 50 (1.01119 + 1.01118 + 1.01117 + + 1.010 )
= 50 (1.010 + 1.011 + 1.012 + + 1.01119 )
= 50 (1 + 1.011 + 1.012 + + 1.01119 )
1 + 1.011 + 1.012 + . . . + 1.01119 is a geometric series with a = 1, r = 1.01 and
n = 120
a (r n 1 )
Sn =
r1
1 (1.01120 1)
S120 =
1.01 1
= 230.04
T = 50 230.04
= 11 501.93
So the total amount after 10 years is $11 501.93.
7.11 Exercises
1. Find the amount of 2. Michael works for a company
superannuation available at the that puts aside $1200 at the
end of 20 years if $500 is invested beginning of each year for his
at the beginning of each year and superannuation. If the money
earns 9% p.a. earns interest at the rate of
5% p.a., nd the amount of
superannuation that Michael will
have at the end of 30 years.
Chapter 7 Series 307
3. How much superannuation will 11. Lliam wants to save up $15 000
there be at the end of 20 years if for a car in 5 years time. He
$800 is invested at 10% p.a. at invests $2000 at the end of each
the beginning of each year? year in an account that pays
7.5% p.a. interest. How much
4. Rachel starts working for a
more will Lliam have to pay at
business at the beginning of
the end of 5 years to make up the
2005. If she retires at the end of
$15 000?
2034, how much superannuation
will she have if $1000 is invested 12. A school invests $5000 at the end
at the beginning of each year at of each year at 6% p.a. towards a
9.5% p.a.? new library. How much will the
school have after 10 years?
5. A sum of $1500 is invested at
the end of each year for 15 years 13. Jacques puts aside $500 at the
at 8% p.a. Find the amount of end of each year for 5 years. If the
superannuation available at the money is invested at 6.5% p.a.,
end of the 15 years. how much will Jacques have at
the end of the 5 years?
6. How much superannuation will
there be at the end of 18 years if 14. An employee contributes $200
$690 is invested at 8.5% p.a. at into a superannuation fund at the
the beginning of each year? end of each year. If the interest
rate on this fund is 11.5% p.a.,
7. If Phan pays $750 into a
how much will the employee
superannuation fund at the
have at the end of 20 years?
beginning of each year, how much
will she have at the end of 29 years 15. Mohammeds mother invests
if the interest is 6.8% p.a.? $200 for him each birthday up to
and including his 18th birthday.
8. A sum of $1000 is invested at
The money earns 6% p.a. How
the end of each year for 22 years,
much money will Mohammed
at 9% p.a. Find the amount of
have on his 18th birthday?
superannuation available at the
end of the 22 years. 16. Xuan is saving up for a holiday.
She invests $800 at the end of
9. Matthew starts work at the
each year at 7.5% p.a. How much
beginning of 2010. If he retires
will she have for her holiday after
at the end of 2037, how much
5 years time?
superannuation will he have if he
invests $700 at the beginning of 17. A couple saves $3000 at the end
each year at 12.5% p.a.? of each year towards a deposit
on a house. If the interest rate
10. An apprentice starts work for
is 5% p.a., how much will the
a small business. If she invests
couple have saved after 6 years?
$400 at the beginning of each
year, how much superannuation
will she have at the end of
25 years if the money earns
15.5% p.a.?
308 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
18. Lucia saves up $2000 each year have enough? If so, how much
and at the end of the year she over will it be? If she doesnt earn
invests it at 6% p.a. enough, how much will she need
(a) She does this for 10 years. to add to this money to make it
What is her investment worth? up to the $10 000?
(b) Lucia continues investing
23. Farmer Brown puts aside part
$2000 a year for 5 more years.
of the farms earnings at the
What is the future value of her
beginning of each month to buy
investment?
a new truck in 10 years time
19. Jodie starts work in 2012 and puts when the old one wears out.
$1000 in a superannuation fund He invests $400 each month at
at the end of the year. She keeps 9% p.a. and estimates the cost
putting in this same amount of a new truck at $80 000. Will
at the end of every year until the investment earn enough to
she retires at the end of 2029. buy the new truck? What is the
If interest is paid at 10% p.a., difference?
calculate how much Jodie will
24. Marcus and Rachel want to save
have when she retires.
up $25 000 for a deposit on
20. Michelle invests $1000 at the end an apartment in 6 years time.
of each year. The interest rate is They aim to pay around half the
8% p.a. deposit each. Marcus invests an
(a) How much will her inheritance of $9000 in a bank
investment be worth after account where it earns 8% p.a.
6 years? Rachel invests $100 at the
(b) How much more would beginning of each month where
Michelles investment be worth it earns interest of 9% p.a.
after 6 years if she had invested (a) What is the future value
$1200 each year? of Marcuss investment after
6 years?
21. Jack cannot decide whether to
(b) How much will Rachels
invest $1000 at the end of each
investment be worth after
year for 15 years or $500 for
6 years?
30 years in a superannuation
(c) Will they be able to pay the
fund. If the interest rate is
deposit in 6 years time?
5% p.a., which would be the
better investment for Jack? 25. Jenny puts aside $20 at the end
of each month for 3 years. How
22. Kate is saving up to go overseas in
much will she have then if the
8 years time. She invests $1000
investment earns 8.2% p.a., paid
at the end of each year at 7% p.a.
monthly?
and estimates that the trip will
cost her around $10 000. Will she
Chapter 7 Series 309
Loan repayments
The formula for compound interest and the geometric series can help with
working out regular loan repayments.
EXAMPLES
1. A sum of $20 000 is borrowed at 12% p.a. and paid back at regular
monthly intervals over 4 years. Find the amount of each payment.
Solution
Let M stand for the monthly repayment.
The number of payments will be 4 12 or 48.
Monthly interest will be 12% 12 or 1% (0.01).
Each month, interest for that month is added to the loan and the
repayment amount is taken off.
The interest added to the rst month will be 20 000 (1 + 0.01)1
or 20 000 (1.01) 1.
The interest added to other months will be A (1 + 0.01)1 or A (1.01)1. The 20 000(1.01)1 is
The amount owing for the rst month: the interest added for the
month and the M is the
A1 = 20 000 (1 + 0.01)1 M repayment subtracted from
= 20 000 (1.01)1 M the balance.
The amount owing for the 2nd month is what was owing from the 1st
month, together with that months interest, minus the repayment.
A2 = A1 (1 + 0.01)1 M
= A1 (1.01)1 M
= 7 20 000 (1.01)1 M A (1.01)1 M (substituting in A1)
= 20 000 (1.01)2 M (1.01)1 M
= 20 000 (1.01)2 M (1.011 + 1)
Similarly,
A3 = A2 (1 + 0.01)1 M
= 7 20 000 (1.01)2 M (1.011 + 1) A (1.01)1 M
= 20 000 (1.01)3 M (1.011 + 1) (1.011 ) M
= 20 000 (1.01)3 M (1.012 + 1.011 ) M
= 20 000 (1.01) 3 M (1.012 + 1.011 + 1)
CONTINUED
310 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Continuing this pattern, after 4 years (48 months) the amount owing will be
A48 = 20 000 (1.01)48 M (1.0147 + 1.0146 + f + 1.012 + 1.011 + 1).
But the loan is paid out after 48 months.
So A 48 = 0
2. A store charges 10% p.a. for loans and repayments do not have to be
made until the 4th month. Ivan buys $8000 worth of furniture and pays
it off over 3 years.
(a) How much does Ivan owe after 3 months?
(b) What are his monthly repayments?
(c) How much does Ivan pay altogether?
Solution
Let P stand for the payments each month.
Number of payments = 3 12 3 (3 months of no repayments)
= 33 months
Monthly interest rate
r = 10% 12
= 0.1 12
= 0.0083
(a) After 3 months, the amount owing is
A = P (1 + r ) n
= 8000 (1 + 0.0083) 3
= 8000 (1.0083) 3
= 8201.67
So the amount owing after 3 months is $8201.67.
Chapter 7 Series 311
7.12 Exercises
1. An amount of $3000 is borrowed 7. A $2000 loan is offered at
at 22% p.a. and repayments made 18% p.a. with interest charged
yearly for 5 years. How much will monthly, over 3 years.
each repayment be? (a) If no repayment need be paid
for the rst 2 months, nd the
2. The sum of $20 000 is borrowed
amount of each repayment.
at 18% p.a. interest over 8 years.
(b) How much will be paid back
How much will the repayments
altogether?
be if they are made monthly?
8. Bill thinks he can afford a
3. David borrows $5000 from the
mortgage payment of $800
bank and pays back the loan
each month. How much can he
in monthly instalments over
borrow, to the nearest $100, over
4 years. If the loan incurs interest
25 years at 11.5% p.a.?
of 15% p.a., nd the amount of
each instalment. 9. Get Rich Bank offers a mortgage
1
4. Mr and Mrs Nguyen mortgage at 7 % p.a. over 10 years and
2
their house for $150 000. Capital Bank offers a mortgage at
(a) Find the amount of the 1
5 % p.a. over 25 years.
monthly repayments they will 2
have to make if the mortgage (a) Find the amount of the
is over 25 years with interest at monthly repayments for each
6% p.a. bank on a loan of $80 000.
(b) If the Nguyens want to pay (b) Find the difference in the
their mortgage out after 15 years, total amount paid on each
what monthly repayments would mortgage.
they need to make?
10. Majed buys a $35 000 car. He
5. A loan of $6000 is paid back puts down a 5% deposit and pays
in equal annual instalments the balance back in monthly
over 3 years. If the interest is instalments over 4 years at
12.5% p.a., nd the amount of 12% p.a. Find the total amount
each annual instalment. that Majed pays for the car.
6. The Smith family buys a car for 11. Amy borrowed money over
$38 000, paying a 10% deposit 7 years at 15.5% p.a. and she pays
and taking out a loan for the $1200 a month. How much did
balance. If the loan is over 5 years she borrow?
with interest of 1.5% monthly,
nd
(a) the amount of each monthly
loan repayment
(b) the total amount that the
Smith family paid for the car.
Chapter 7 Series 313
12. NSW Bank offers loans at 9% p.a. (a) How much does Ali owe after
with an interest-free period of 6 months?
3 months, while Sydney Bank (b) What are the monthly
offers loans at 7% p.a. Compare repayments?
these loans on an amount of (c) How much does Ali pay for
$5000 over 3 years and state the furniture altogether?
which bank offers the best loan
15. A loan of $6000 over 5 years
and why.
at 15% p.a. interest, charged
13. Danny buys a plasma TV for monthly, is paid back in 5 annual
$10 000. He pays a $1500 deposit instalments.
and borrows the balance at (a) What is the amount of each
18% p.a. over 4 years. instalment?
(a) Find the amount of each (b) How much is paid back
monthly repayment. altogether?
(b) How much did Danny pay
altogether?
Test Yourself 7
1. Find a formula for the nth term of each
sequence. 3 mm
She now receives the same increase each 18. (a) For what values of x does the
year. geometric series 1 + x + x2 + have a
(a) What will her salary be after 10 years? limiting sum?
3
(b) How much will Amanda earn (b) Find the limiting sum when x = .
5
altogether over the 10 years? (c) Evaluate x when the limiting sum
1
9. The 11th term of an arithmetic series is is 1 .
2
97 and the 6th term is 32. Find the rst
19. The rst term of an arithmetic series is
term and common difference.
4 and the sum of 10 terms is 265. Find
10. A series has nth term given by Tn = n 3 5. the common difference.
Find
20. Every week during a typing course, Tony
(a) the 4th term
improves his typing speed by 3 words
(b) the sum of 4 terms
per minute until he reaches 60 words per
(c) which term is 5827.
minute by the end of the course.
11. A series has terms 5 + x + 45 + Evaluate (a) If he can type 18 words per minute in
x if the series is the rst week of the course, how many
(a) arithmetic words per minute can he type by week 8?
(b) geometric. (b) How many weeks does the course
run for?
12. Convert each recurring decimal to a
fraction. 21. A farmer borrows $50 000 for farm
(a) 0.4 machinery at 18% p.a. over 5 years and
(b) 0.72 makes equal yearly repayments on the
(c) 1.57 loan at the end of each year.
(a) How much does he owe at the end
13. If x, 2x + 3 and 5x are the rst 3 terms of of the rst year, just before he makes the
an arithmetic series, calculate the value rst repayment?
of x. (b) How much is each yearly repayment?
14. Find the 20th term of 22. A ball drops from a height of 1.2 metres
(a) 3, 10, 17, 3
then bounces back to of this height.
(b) 101, 98, 95, 5
3
(c) 0.3, 0.6, 0.9, On the next bounce, it bounces up to
5
15. Find the limiting sum (sum to innity) of of this height and so on. Through what
81 + 27 + 9 + distance will the ball travel?
16. Karl puts $300 aside as an annuity for 23. If x + 2, 7x 2 and 15x + 6 are
his son at the beginning of each year. If consecutive terms in a geometric series,
interest is 7% p.a., how much will his evaluate x.
son receive at the end of 15 years? 24. (a) If $2000 is invested at 4.5% p.a., how
17. For each series, write an expression for much will it be worth after 4 years?
the sum of n terms. (b) If interest is paid quarterly, how
(a) 5 + 9 + 13 + much would the investment be worth
(b) 1 + 1.07 + 1.072 + after 4 years?
316 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Challenge Exercise 7
1. The nth term of a sequence is given by 6. Find the sum of all integers between
n 2 1 and 200 that are not multiples of 9.
Tn = .
n+1
7. Find the least number of terms for which
(a) What is the 9th term of the sequence? 4
1 the sum of the series 20 + 4 + + is
(b) Which term is equal to 18 ? 5
20 greater than 24.99.
3 5
2. For the sequence , , . . . evaluate 8. Find the values of n for which the
4 4
sequence given by Tn = n2 4n is
(a) the common difference
negative.
(b) the 7th term
(c) the sum of 6 terms. 9. The sum of the rst 5 terms of a
geometric sequence is 77 and the sum of
Hint: 3. Evaluate the sum of the rst 20 terms of
the next 5 terms is 2464. Find the 4th
3 = 2 + 1, 5 = 4 + 1 the series
and so on. term of the sequence.
(a) 3 + 5 + 9 + 17 + 33 + 65 +
(b) 5 2 + 10 8 + 15 32 + 10. Janes mother puts $300 into an account
at the beginning of each year to pay for
4. A factory sells shoes at $60 a pair. For
Janes education in 5 years time. If 6%
10 pairs of shoes there is a discount,
p.a. interest is paid quarterly, how much
whereby each pair costs $58. For 20 pairs,
money will Janes mother have at the
the cost is $56 a pair and so on. Find
end of the 5 years?
(a) the price of each pair of shoes on an
order of 100 pairs of shoes. 11. The geometric series 2x + 4x2 + 8x3 +
(b) the total price on an order of 60 pairs has a limiting sum of 3. Evaluate x.
of shoes.
12. Find the amount of money in a bank
5. Which term of the sequence account if $5000 earns 8.5% p.a. for
7 14 28 224 4 years, then 6.5% p.a. for 3 years, with
, , , . . . is equal to ?
9 45 225 28125 interest paid monthly for all 7 years.
Chapter 7 Series 317
13. Find the value of k for which 81 920 is (c) the amount of each instalment
the 8th term of the geometric sequence (d) the total amount of interest Kim pays.
5 + k + 80 +
15. (a) Find the limiting sum of the series
14. Kim borrows $10 000 over 3 years at a 1 + cos2 x + cos4 x + in simplest form.
rate of 1% interest compounded each (b) Why does this series have a limiting
month. If she pays off the loan in three sum?
equal annual instalments, nd
16. A superannuation fund paid 6% p.a. for
(a) the amount Kim owes after one
the rst 10 years and then 10% p.a. after
month
that. If Thanh put $5000 into this fund
(b) the amount she owes after the
at the end of each year, how much would
rst year, just before she pays the rst
she have at the end of 25 years?
instalment
8
Probability
TERMINOLOGY
Complement: The complement of an event E is when the branch with the sample space listed at the right of each
event E does not occur branch
Equally likely outcomes: Each outcome has the same Random experiments: Experiments that are made with no
chance of occurring pattern or order where each outcome is equally likely to
occur
Independent events: Events are independent if the result
of one event does not inuence the outcome of another Sample space: The set of all possible outcomes in an event
event. There is no overlap between the events or series of events
Multi-stage events: A series of successive independent Tree diagram: A diagram that uses branches to show
events multi-stage events where the probabilities on each
branch are equal
Mutually exclusive results: Two events with the same
sample space that cannot both occur at the same time Venn diagram: A special diagram to show the sample
space for non-mutually exclusive events using circles for
Non-mutually exclusive results: Two events with the same
each event drawn inside a rectangle which represents the
sample space that can occur at the same time i.e. there is
sample space
some overlap
Probability tree: A diagram that uses branches to show
multi-stage events and sets out the probability on each
Chapter 8 Probability 319
INTRODUCTION
PROBABILITY IS THE STUDY of how likely it is that something will happen.
It is used to make predictions in different areas, ranging from gambling to
determining the rate of insurance premiums. For example an actuary looking
at death-rate statistics can estimate the probable age to which someone will
live, and set life insurance premiums accordingly.
Another example of where probability is useful is in biology.
The probability of certain diseases or genetic defects can be
calculated in high-risk families.
Probability is also closely related to statistics and data analysis,
as well as games of chance such as card games, tossing coins,
backgammon and so on. It is also relevant to buying raffle and
lottery tickets.
In this chapter, you will revise simple probability that you
have learnt in previous years and extend this to more complex
probability involving multi-stage events.
Girolamo Cardano (150176) was a doctor and mathematician who developed the first theory of
probability. He was a great gambler, and he wrote De Ludo Aleae (On Games of Chance). This
work was largely ignored, and it is said that the first book on probability was written by Christiaan
Huygens (162995).
The main study of probability was done by Blaise Pascal (162362), whom you have already
heard about, and Pierre de Fermat (160165).
Simple Probability
Mutually exclusive events
Mutually exclusive events means that if one event occurs, the other cannot.
For example, when rolling a die, a 6 cannot occur at the same time as a 2.
We can measure probability in theory as long as the events are random.
However, even then, probability only gives us an approximate idea of the
likelihood of certain events happening.
For example, in Lotto draws, there is a machine that draws out the balls
at random and a panel of supervisors checks that this happens properly. Each
ball is independent of the others and is equally likely to be drawn out.
320 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Class Discussion
n (E )
P (E ) =
n (S)
If P(E) = 0 the event is impossible
0 P(E) 1
EXAMPLES
Solution
The size of the sample space, or total number of marbles is 5 + 3 + 7 or 15.
3
(a) P (W) =
15
1
=
5
3+5
(b) P (W or B) =
15
8
=
15
7+3+5
(c) P (Y or W or B) =
15
15
=
15
=1
0
(d) P (R) =
15 Getting a red marble is
=0 impossible!
2. The probability that a traffic light will turn green as a car approaches
5
it is estimated to be . A taxi goes through 192 intersections where there
12
are traffic lights. How many of these would be expected to turn green as
the taxi approached?
Solution
5
It is expected that of the traffic lights would turn green.
12
5
192 = 80
12
So it would be expected that 80 traffic lights would turn green as the taxi
approached.
8.1 Exercises
1. Peter is in a class of 30 students. 2. A pack of cards contains
If one student is chosen at 52 different cards, one of which
random to make a speech, find is the ace of diamonds. If one
the probability that the student card is chosen at random, find
chosen will be Peter. the probability that it will be the
ace of diamonds.
322 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
15. In a bag of caramels, there are 21. A biased coin is weighted so that
21 with red wrappers and 23 with heads comes up twice as often
blue wrappers. If Leila chooses a as tails. Find the probability of
caramel at random from the bag, tossing a tail.
nd the probability that she will
22. A die has the centre dot painted
choose one with a blue wrapper.
white on the 5 so that it appears
16. A student is chosen at random as a 4. Find the probability of
to write about his/her favourite throwing
sport. If 12 students like tennis (a) a 2
best, 7 prefer soccer, 3 prefer (b) a 4
squash, 5 prefer basketball and (c) a number less than 5.
4 prefer swimming, nd the
23. Discuss these statements.
probability that the student
(a) The probability of one
chosen will write about
particular horse winning the
(a) soccer
1
(b) squash or swimming Melbourne cup is if there are
20
(c) tennis. 20 horses in the race.
(b) The probability of Greg
17. A school has 875 students. If
Norman winning a masters golf
5 students are chosen at random
1
to help show some visitors tournament is if there are
15
around, nd the probability 15 players in the tournament.
that a particular student will be (c) A coin came up tails 8 times
chosen. in a row. So the next toss must be
a head.
18. A box containing a light globe
1 (d) A family has three sons.
has a probability of holding There is more chance of getting a
20
a defective globe. If 160 boxes daughter next time.
are checked, how many would be (e) The probability of a Holden
expected to be defective? winning the car race at Bathurst
6
this year is as there are
19. There are 29 red, 17 blue, 47
21 yellow and 19 green chocolate 6 Holdens in the race and 47 cars
beans in a packet. If Kate altogether.
chooses one at random, nd the
probability that it will be red or
yellow.
Complementary events
When we nd the probabilities of events, the total of all the possible events
will always add up to 1.
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE
Solution
1
(a) P ] 6 g =
6
(b) P (not 6) = P (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5)
5
=
6
In general,
P (E) + P (L
E) = 1
or P (E) = 1 P (L
E)
Chapter 8 Probability 325
Proof
Let e be the number of ways E can happen out of a total of n events. Then the
number of ways E will not happen is n e.
e
Then P (E) = n
ne
P (L
E) = n
n e
=n n
e
= 1 n
= 1 P ( E)
EXAMPLES
1
1. The probability of a win in a rafe is . What is the probability of
350
losing?
Solution
P (lose) = 1 P ] win g
1
= 1
350
349
=
350
Solution
P ^ failing to survive h = 1 P ^ surviving h
= 100% 72%
= 28%
8.2 Exercises
1. The probability of a bus arriving 3. If a baby has a 0.2% chance of
18 being born with a disability, nd
on time is estimated at . What
33 the probability of the baby being
is the probability that the bus will
born without any disabilities.
not arrive on time?
4. The probability of selecting a card
2. The probability of a seed
with the number 5 on it is 0.27.
7
producing a pink ower is . What is the probability of not
9
Find the probability of the ower selecting this card?
producing a different colour.
326 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
14. A dog breeder tries to produce a 15. The probabilities of 3 new cars
dog with a curly tail. If 2 puppies passing a quality control check
are born, the probabilities are as are as follows:
follows: 1
P ^ 3 passing h =
4 16
P ^ no curly tails h = 7
11 P ^ 2 passing h =
5 16
P ^ 1 curly tail h = 3
11 P ^ 1 passing h =
2 16
P ^ 2 curly tails h = 5
11 P ^ 0 passing h =
16
Find the probability that at least
1 puppy will have a curly tail. Find the probability that at least
1 car will fail the check.
All the examples of probability given so far in this chapter are mutually
exclusive. This means that if one event occurs, then another one cannot.
For example, if a die is thrown, a 6 cannot occur at the same time as a 2.
Sometimes, there is an overlap where more than one event can occur at
the same time. We call these non-mutually exclusive events.
It is important to count the possible outcomes carefully when this
happens. If there are not too many outcomes, we can simply list them, but if
this is difcult, we can use a Venn diagram to help.
EXAMPLES
1. One card is drawn from a set of cards numbered 1 to 10. Find the
probability of drawing out an odd number or a multiple of 3.
Solution
The odd cards are 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9.
The trick with this question
The multiples of 3 are 3, 6 and 9. is not to count the 3
The numbers 3 and 9 are both odd and multiples of 3. and the 9 twice.
CONTINUED
328 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
47 + 59 = 106
But there are only 100 students!
This means 6 students have been counted twice.
i.e. 6 students do both art and music.
Students doing music only: 47 6 = 41
Students doing art only: 59 6 = 53
A Venn diagram shows this information.
6 3
(a) P ] both g = =
100 50
53
(b) P ^ art only h =
100
41
(c) P ^ music only h =
100
Venn diagrams are named after John Venn (18341923), an English probabilist
and logician.
Chapter 8 Probability 329
P ] A or B g = P ] A g + P ] B g P ] A and B g
EXAMPLE
From 100 cards, numbered from 1 to 100, one is selected at random. Find
the probability that the card selected is even or less than 20.
Solution
Some cards are both even and less than 20 (i.e. 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18).
9
P (even and < 20) =
100
50
P (even) =
100
19
P (< 20) =
100
P (even or < 20) = P (even) + P (< 20) P (even and < 20)
50 19 9
= +
100 100 100
60
=
100
3
=
5
8.3 Exercises
1. A number is chosen at random 2. A set of 50 cards is labelled from
from the numbers 1 to 20. Find 1 to 50. One card is drawn out at
the probability that the number random. Find the probability that
chosen will be the card will be
(a) divisible by 3 (a) a multiple of 5
(b) less than 10 or divisible by 3 (b) an odd number
(c) a composite number (c) a multiple of 5 or an odd
(d) a composite number or a number
number greater than 12. (d) a number greater than 40 or
an even number
(e) less than 20.
330 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Multi-Stage Events
Product rule of probability
Class Discussion
Break up into pairs and try these experiments with one doing the activity
and one recording the results.
1. Toss two coins as many times as you can in a 5 minute period and
record the results in the table:
Result Two heads One head and one tail Two tails
Tally
Compare your results with others in the class. What do you notice? Is this
surprising?
2. Roll two dice as many times as you can in a 5 minute period, find the
total of the two uppermost numbers on the dice and record the results
in the table:
Total 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Tally
Compare your results with others in the class. What do you notice? Is this
surprising?
Why dont these results appear to be equally likely?
EXAMPLES
Compare these probabilities
with your results in the Find the size of the sample space and the probability of each outcome for
experiments. each question by using a table or tree diagram.
Solution
Using a table gives
H T
H HH HT
T TH TT
Using a tree diagram gives
H
H
T
H
T
T
Since there are four separate outcomes (HH, HT, TH, TT) each outcome
1
has a probability of .
4
1
Remember that each outcome when tossing 1 coin is .
2
1 1 1
Notice that = .
2 2 4
Solution
Can you see why a tree
diagram is too difficult here? A tree diagram would be too difficult to draw for this question.
Using a table:
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 5 6 7 8 9 10
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1
Since there are 36 outcomes, each has a probability of
36
1
Remember that each outcome when rolling 1 die is .
6
1 1 1
Notice that =
6 6 36
Chapter 8 Probability 333
P ] AB g = P ] A g $ P ] B g
EXAMPLES
1
1. The probability of getting a 6 when rolling a die is . Find the
6
probability of getting a double 6 when rolling two dice.
Solution
1 1
P ] double 6 g =
6 6
1
=
36
7
2. The probability that a certain missile will hit a target is . Find the
8
probability that the missile will
(a) hit two targets
(b) miss two targets.
Solution
7 7
(a) P ] 2 hits g =
8 8
49
=
64
7
(b) P ] miss g = 1
8
1
=
8
1 1
P ] 2 misses g = Using these answers, could
8 8
you calculate the probability
1
= that the missile hits one
64 target and not the other?
Sometimes the outcomes change when looking at more than one event.
334 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
EXAMPLES
Solution
5
(a) Probability of winning rst prize =
95
After winning rst prize, Maryams winning ticket is taken out of
the draw. She then has 4 tickets left in the rafe out of a total of
94 tickets left.
4
Probability of winning second prize =
94
5 4
P ] WW g =
95 94
2
=
893
5
(b) Probability of not winning rst prize = 1
95
90
=
95
After not winning rst prize, Maryams 5 tickets are all left in the
draw, but the winning ticket is taken out, leaving 94 tickets in the
rafe.
5
Probability of winning second prize =
94
5
Probability of not winning second prize = 1
94
89
=
94
90 89
P ] LL g =
95 94
801
=
893
(c) P ] at least one W g = 1 P ] LL g
801
=1
893
92
=
893
Solution
7
(a) (i) P ]Bg =
12
So P ] BBB g = 7 7 7
12 12 12
343
=
1728
7
(ii) P ] B g =
12
After the rst blue ball has been chosen, the bag now contains 6 blue and
5 red balls.
6
P ] 2nd B g =
11
After the second blue ball has been chosen, the bag contains 5 blue and
5 red balls.
5
P ] 3rd B g =
10
7 6 5
So P ] BBB g =
12 11 10
7
=
44
(b) P ] at least one R g = 1 ] no R g
= 1 P ] BBB g
7
=1
44
37
=
44
8.4 Exercises
1. If 2 dice are thrown, nd the 5. A box contains 2 black balls, 5 red
probability of throwing two 6s. balls and 4 green balls. If I draw
out 2 balls at random, replacing
2. Find the probability of
the rst before drawing out the
getting 2 heads if a coin is
second, nd the probability that
tossed twice.
they will both be red.
3. A coin is tossed 3 times. Find the
6. The probability of a conveyor belt
probability of tossing 3 tails.
in a factory breaking down at any
4. A card has a picture on one side one time is 0.21. If the factory
and is blank on the other. If the has 2 conveyor belts, nd the
card is thrown into the air twice, probability that at any one time
nd the probability that it will (a) both machines will break down
land with the picture side up (b) neither machine will break
both times. down.
336 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
18. A bag contains 5 white, 4 black (a) all arrows hitting the target
and 3 red marbles. If 2 marbles (b) no arrows hitting the target
are selected from the bag at (c) at least one arrow hitting the
random without replacement, target.
find the probability of selecting
20. A coin is tossed n times. Find
(a) two red marbles
the probability in terms of n of
(b) two black marbles
tossing
(c) no white marbles
(a) all heads
(d) at least one white marble.
(b) no tails
19. The probability of an arrow hitting (c) at least one tail.
a target is 85%. If 3 arrows are shot,
find the probability as a percentage,
correct to 2 decimal places, of
When using the product rule to find the probability of successive events
occurring, sometimes there is more than one possible result. For example,
when tossing two coins, there are two ways of getting a head and a tail
(HT and TH). We add these results together.
EXAMPLES
1. If 2 coins are tossed, find the probability of tossing a head and a tail.
Solution
This is a probability
tree as it has the
probabilities listed.
CONTINUED
338 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Solution
Probability of losing is
1 0.2. (a) Probability of losing is 0.8
P (2W) = P (WWL) + P (WLW) + P (LWW )
= (0.2 0.2 0.8) + (0.2 0.8 0.2) + (0.8 0.2 0.2)
= 0.032 + 0.032 + 0.032
= 0.096
(b) P (at least one W ) = 1 P (LLL)
= 1 (0.8 0.8 0.8)
= 1 0.512
= 0.488
Chapter 8 Probability 339
3. A bag contains 3 red, 4 white and 7 blue marbles. Two marbles are
drawn at random from the bag
(a) replacing the rst before the second is drawn
(b) without replacement
Find the probability of drawing out a red and a white marble in these cases.
Solution
(a)
CONTINUED
340 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
8.5 Exercises
1. Two coins are tossed. Find the replaced before the second is drawn
probability of getting out, nd the probability of getting
(a) 2 heads (a) 2 red marbles
(b) a head followed by a tail (b) a red and a blue marble.
(c) a head and a tail.
6. A certain breed of cat has a 35%
2. Three coins are tossed. Find the probability of producing a white
probability of getting kitten. If a cat has 3 kittens, nd
(a) 3 tails the probability that she will
(b) 2 heads and 1 tail produce
(c) at least 1 head. (a) no white kittens
(b) 2 white kittens
3. In a set of 30 cards, each one
(c) at least 1 white kitten.
has a number on it from 1 to
30. If 1 card is drawn out, then 7. The probability of a certain type of
replaced and another drawn out, photocopier in a school needing a
nd the probability of getting service on any one day is 0.3. Find
(a) two 8s the probability that a school with
(b) a 3 on the rst card and an 2 of these photocopiers will need
18 on the second card to service, on a particular day,
(c) a 3 on one card and an 18 on (a) 1 machine
the other card. (b) both machines
(c) neither of them
4. Five cards are labelled A, B, C, D
and E. If 2 are selected at random, 8. The probability of rain in May
with replacement, nd the 3
each year is given by .A
probability that they will be 10
school holds a fete in May for
(a) both As
three years running. Find the
(b) an A and a D.
probability that it will rain at
5. A bag contains 5 red marbles and (a) 2 of the fetes
8 blue marbles. If 2 marbles are (b) 1 fete
chosen at random, with the rst (c) at least 1 fete
Chapter 8 Probability 341
25. At City Heights School it was 28. The ratio of girls to boys at
found that 75% of students in a school is four to ve. Two
year 12 study 13 units, 21% study students are surveyed at random
12 units and 4% study 11 units. If from the school. Find the
2 students are selected at random probability that the students are
from year 12, nd the probability (a) both boys
that (b) a girl and a boy
(a) 1 student will study 12 units (c) at least one girl.
(b) at least 1 student will study
29. The number of cats to dogs at a
13 units.
pet hotel is in the ratio of 4 to 7.
26. Three dice are rolled. Find the If 3 pets are chosen at random,
probability of rolling nd the probability that
(a) 3 sixes (a) they are all dogs
(b) 2 sixes (b) just one is a dog
(c) at least 1 six. (c) at least one is a cat.
Test Yourself 8
1. The probability that a certain type 6. A set of 100 cards numbered 1 to 100 is
of seed will germinate is 93%. If 3 of placed in a box and one drawn at
this type of seeds are planted, nd the random. Find the probability that the
probability that card chosen will be
(a) odd
(a) all will germinate
(b) less than 30
(b) just 1 will germinate
(c) a multiple of 5
(c) at least 1 will germinate.
(d) less than 30 or a multiple of 5
2. A game is played where the differences of
(e) odd or less than 30.
the numbers on 2 dice are taken.
3
(a) Draw a table showing the sample 7. One game has a probability of of
5
space (all possibilities). winning and a second game has a
(b) Find the probability of getting a 2
probability of of winning. If Jenny
difference of 3
(i) 3 plays one of each game, nd the
(ii) 0 probability that she wins
(iii) 1 or 2. (a) both games
3. Mark buys 5 tickets in a rafe in which (b) one game
200 are sold altogether. (c) neither game.
(a) What is the probability that he will
8. A bag contains 5 black and 7 white
(i) win
marbles. Two are chosen at random from
(ii) not win the rafe?
the bag (a) with replacement (b) without
(b) If the rafe has 2 prizes, nd the
replacement. Find the probability of
probability that Mark will win just
getting a black and a white marble.
1 prize.
9. There are 7 different colours and 8
4. In a class of 30 students, 17 study
different sizes of leather jackets in a
history, 11 study geography and 5 study
shop. If Jean selects a jacket at random,
neither. One of these students is chosen
nd the probability that she will select
at random. Find the probability that this
one the same size and colour as her
student will
friend does.
(a) study geography but not history
(b) study both history and geography. 10. Each of a certain type of machine in
a factory has a probability of 4.5%
5. In the casino, when tossing 2 coins,
of breaking down at any time. If the
2 tails came up 10 times in a row. So there
factory has 3 of these machines, nd the
is less chance that 2 tails will come up
probability that at any one time
next time. Is this statement true? Why?
(a) all will be broken down
(b) at least one will be broken down.
Chapter 8 Probability 345
11. A bag contains 4 yellow, 3 red and 6 blue die is rolled, nd the probability that it
balls. Two are chosen at random. Find comes up
the probability of choosing (a) 2
(a) 2 yellow balls (b) even.
(b) a red and a blue ball
16. Amie buys 3 rafe tickets. If 150 tickets
(c) 2 blue balls.
are sold altogether, nd the probability
12. In a group of 12 friends, 8 have seen the that Amie wins
movie Star Wars 20 and 9 have seen the (a) 1st prize
movie Mission Impossible 6. Everyone in (b) only 2nd prize
the group has seen at least one of these (c) 1st and 2nd prizes
movies. If one of the friends is chosen (d) neither prize.
at random, nd the probability that this
17. A bag contains 6 white, 8 red and 5 blue
person has seen
balls. If two balls are selected at random,
(a) both movies
nd the probability of choosing a red
(b) only Mission Impossible 6.
and a blue ball
2
13. A game of chance has a probability of (a) with replacement
5
3 (b) without replacement.
a win or a probability of a draw.
8
18. A group of 9 friends go to the movies. If
(a) If I play one of these games, nd the
5 buy popcorn and 7 buy ice creams, nd
probability of losing.
the probability that one friend chosen at
(b) If I play 2 of these games, nd the
random will have
probability of
(a) popcorn but not ice cream
(i) a win and a draw
(b) both popcorn and ice cream.
(ii) a loss and a draw
(iii) 2 wins. 19. The probability that an arrow will hit a
8
14. A card is chosen at random from a set target is . If 3 arrows are red, nd the
9
of 10 cards numbered 1 to 10. A second
probability that
card is chosen from a set of 20 cards
(a) 2 hit the target
numbered 1 to 20. Find the probability
(b) at least 1 hits the target.
that the combination number these cards
make is 3
20. The probability of winning Game A is
5
(a) 911
and the probability of winning Game B is
(b) less than 100 7
(c) between 300 and 500. . Find the probability of winning
10
2 (a) both games
15. A loaded die has a probability of
3 (b) neither game
coming up 6. The other numbers have (c) one game.
an equal probability of coming up. If the
346 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
Test Yourself
Challenge 4
Exercise 8
1. In a group of 35 students, 25 go to the (a) both cards are As
movies and 15 go to the football. If all (b) one card is an A and the other is a D
the students like at least one of these (c) neither card is an A or D.
activities, nd the probability that a
7. In the game of Yahtzee, 5 dice are rolled.
student chosen at random will
Find the probability of rolling
(a) go to both the movies and the
(a) all 6s
football
(b) all the same number
(b) only go to the movies.
8. Out of a class of 30 students, 19 play a
2. A certain soccer team has a probability of
musical instrument and 7 play both a
0.5 of winning a match and a probability
musical instrument and a sport. Two
of 0.2 of drawing. If the team plays 2
students play neither.
matches, nd the probability that it will
(a) One student is selected from the class
(a) draw both matches
at random. Find the probability that this
(b) win at least 1 match
person plays a sport but not a musical
(c) not win either match.
instrument.
3. A game of poker uses a deck of 52 cards (b) Two people are selected at random
with 4 suits (hearts, diamonds, spades from the class. Find the probability that
and clubs). Each suit has 13 cards, both these people only play a sport.
consisting of an ace, cards numbered
9. A game involves tossing 2 coins and rolling
from 2 to 10, a jack, queen and king.
2 dice. The scoring is shown in the table.
If a person is dealt 5 cards nd the
probability of getting
Result Score (points)
(a) four aces
(b) a ush (all cards the same suit). 2 heads and 5
double 6
4. If a card is drawn out at random from a
2 heads and 3
set of playing cards nd the probability
double (not 6)
that it will be
(a) an ace or a heart 2 tails and double 6 4
(b) a diamond or an odd number 2 tails and double 2
(c) a jack or a spade. (not 6)
5. Bill does not select the numbers 1, 2,
(a) Find the probability of getting
3, 4, 5 and 6 for Lotto as he says this
2 heads and a double 6.
combination would never win. Is he
(b) Find the probability of getting 2 tails
correct?
and a double that is not 6.
6. In a set of 5 cards, each has one of the (c) What is the probability that Andre will
letters A, B, C, D and E on it. If two score 13 in three moves?
cards are selected at random without (d) What is the probability that Justin
replacement, nd the probability that will beat Andres score in three moves?
PRACTICE ASSESSMENT TASK 1 127
18. The gradient function of a curve is given (b) This area is rotated about the y-axis.
by f l(x) = 4x 3. If f (2) = 3, nd f (1) . Find the exact volume of the solid formed.
9
#0 #
3
19. Evaluate (2x + 1) dx. 29. Evaluate y dy.
4
20. The following table gives values for 30. Find the area enclosed between the curve
1 y = (x 1) 2 and the line y = 4.
f (x) = 2 .
x
31. Prove ABC and CBD are similar.
x 1 2 3 4 5
f(x) 1 1 1 1 1
4 9 16 25
#0
2
23. Evaluate (x2 + x 5) dx. 35. Find the area enclosed between the
curves y = x2 and y = x2 + 2x + 4.
24. Find the point of inexion on the curve
f (x) = x3 3x2 + 4x 1. 36. Find the minimum surface area of a
dx closed cylinder with volume 100 m3,
#1
3
25. Find an approximation to x by using correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) Simpsons rule with 3 function values
(b) the trapezoidal rule with 37. A curve has a stationary point at (3, 2) .
2 subintervals. If f m(x) = 6x 8, nd the equation of the
function.
26. Find the stationary points on the curve
f (x) = x4 2x2 + 3 and distinguish 38. Sketch the function
between them. f (x) = x3 3x2 9x + 5, showing any
2
stationary points and inexions.
27. Evaluate #1 5x 1 dx as a fraction.
39. Prove that the area of a rhombus is
28. (a) Find the area enclosed between the 1
A = xy where x and y are the lengths of
2
curve y = x2 1 and the y-axis between
the diagonals.
y = 1 and y = 2 in the rst quadrant, to 3
signicant gures.
PRACTICE ASSESSMENT TASK 1 129
40. (a) y
x
Given BG < CD and GF < DE, prove
AB AF
= .
AC AE
x
(c) y
x
Which graph could represent the
function? There may be more than one
answer.
130 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
y
(d) (c) y
x x
(d) y
dy
44. A function has > 0. To which of the
dx
following graphs does this apply?
(a) y
#1 (x3 1) dy
2
(a)
x
#1 ( y + 1) dy
2
(b)
#1 (3
2
(c) y + 1) dy
#1 (3
2
(d) y + 1 ) dy
PRACTICE ASSESSMENT TASK 1 131
49. y
x
PRACTICE ASSESSMENT TASK 2 253
(a) the value of k to 3 signicant gures 29. The length of an arc in a circle of radius
(b) how many people will have measles 2 cm is 1.6 cm. Find the area, correct to
after 6 weeks 2 decimal places, of the
(c) after how long, to the nearest day, (a) sector
300 people will have measles (b) minor segment cut off by this arc.
(d) the rate at which the disease will be
30. A certain chemical treatment of blue-
spreading after
green algae in a river causes it to decrease
(i) 10 days
at a rate proportional to the amount of
(ii) 6 weeks.
blue-green algae in the river. If 250 kg of
21. (a) Find the value of log3 7 by changing blue-green algae reduces to 150 kg after
the base to e. 3 months, nd how long it will take, to
(b) Differentiate log3 x by changing the the nearest month, to reduce the blue-
base to e. green algae to 20 kg.
22. Find the exact volume of the solid of 31. An angle of 30 is subtended at the
revolution formed when the curve y = ex centre of a circle with radius 5 cm. Find
is rotated about the x-axis from x = 1 to the exact
x = 3. (a) arc length
(b) area of the sector.
23. A particle is moving such that its
x
displacement after t seconds is given by 32. Sketch y = 2 cos for 0 x 2 .
2
x = 3 sin 2t metres.
40. A particle moves so that its displacement 51. Differentiate tan (loge x + 1).
after time t seconds is given by x = 5e2t m. 2x + 5
2
3x
60. The value of sin b l is
3
62. Evaluate # dx
3 2x 2 5
(a) (a) 3 ln (2x2 5) + C
2
3 3 ln (2x2 5)
(b) (b) +C
2 4
1 ln (2x2 5)
(c) (c) +C
2 12
1 4 ln (2x 5)
2
(d) . (d) +C
2 3
61. A particle has a displacement of
63. The rate at which a waterfall is owing
x = 4 cos 7t. Its acceleration can be
over a cliff is R = 4t + 3t2 m3 s 1. Find the
written as
amount of water owing after a minute
(a) px = 49x
if the amount of water is 10 970 m3 after
(b) px = 196x
20 seconds.
(c) px = 196x
(a) 223 220 m3
(d) px = 49x.
(b) 8800 m3
(c) 225 370 m3
(d) 226 250 m3
PRACTICE ASSESSMENT TASK 3 347
29. The geometric series x + x2 + x3 + . . . has a 39. A farmer wants to fence a rectangular
sum to infinity of 5. Find the value of x. paddock and a square paddock with a
combined area of 5000 m2. If the length
30. Prove that if one pair of adjacent sides
of the rectangular paddock is to be
is equal in a rhombus, then all sides are
3 times the size of its breadth
equal.
(a) find the dimensions of the paddocks
31. Josie buys 5 lottery tickets in which that give the largest perimeter
200 000 tickets are sold. What is the (b) calculate the cost of fencing the
probability that she wins 1st prize? paddocks, at $19.95 per metre.
32. The mass (in grams) of a radioactive 40. Two dice are rolled, and the numbers of
substance is given by M = M0e kt , where the dice are totalled. Find the probability
t is time in years. Find of rolling
(a) k if its mass is halved after 28 years (a) a total of 8
(b) when the mass will be 35% of the (b) a total less than 7
original amount (c) a total greater than 9
(c) the time taken to reduce the mass (d) a total of 4 or 5
by 40%. (e) an odd total.
33. Evaluate 7 + 12 + 17 + . . . + 872. 41. Sketch the function f (x) = 3x4 + 4x3 12x2
showing all stationary points.
34. A rectangle is cut from a circular disc of
radius 15 cm. Find the area of the largest 42. The area of a circle is 5 and an arc 3 cm
rectangle that can be produced. long cuts off a sector with an angle of
subtended at the centre. Find
35. The equation for displacement of a (a) in degrees and minutes
particle is given by x = 3e 4t + 2 metres (b) the area of the minor segment cut off
after time t seconds. by the arc, correct to 2 decimal places.
(a) Find the initial velocity.
(b) Find the exact acceleration after 1 s. 43. Ian pays $50 into a superannuation fund
(c) Show that the acceleration is always at the beginning of each month, where it
4 times greater than the velocity. earns interest of 4% p.a. How much will
(d) Sketch the graph of velocity over time t. be in the fund at the end of 20 years?
36. Find the first value of n for which the 44. (a) Show that log 3 + log 9 + log 27 + . . .
4 is an arithmetic series.
sum of the series 20 + 4 + + . . . is
5 (b) Find the exact sum of 20 terms of
greater than 24.85. the series.
d2 y
37. If y = sin 7x, show that = 49y. 45. Sketch the curve y = 2x3 + 3x2 36x + 1,
dx2
2 showing any stationary points and
38. Evaluate / r . points of inflexion.
r =2 5
46. A chemical reaction causes the amount 51. Find the limiting sum of the series
of hydrogen to be reduced at a rate 2 1 3
+ + + ...
proportional to the amount of hydrogen 3 2 8
present at any one time. If the amount (a) 2
1
of hydrogen is given by the formula (b) 1
3
A = A0e kt, and 800 mL reduces to 650 mL 2
(c) 2
after 3 minutes, find 3
(a) the amount of hydrogen after 1 hour 8
(d)
(b) how long it will take for the 9
hydrogen to reduce to 100 mL. 52. Which statement is the same as 3x = 7?
There may be more than one answer.
47. Find the domain over which the curve 7
y = x3 + 3x2 24x + 7 is concave (a) x = log
3
downwards. (b) log3 x = 7
(a) x < 1 (c) log3 7 = x
(b) x > 1 log 7
(c) 4 < x < 2 (d) x =
log 3
(d) x < 4, x > 2
53. The nth term of the series
48. I borrow $10 000 over 5 years at 1.85% 7 + 49 + 343 + is
monthly interest. How much do I need (a) 7n
to pay each month? (b) 7n 1
(c) 7n 1
49. Find the probability of drawing out a blue (d) 7n
and a white ball from a bag containing
7 blue and 5 white balls if the first ball 54. An amount of $6000 is invested at
is not replaced before taking out the 3.5% p.a. with interest paid quarterly.
second. Find the balance after 10 years.
70 (a) $8501.45
(a)
121 (b) $8463.59
70
(b) (c) $6546.16
144
1225 (d) $6899.96
(c)
17 424 3 2 4
70 55. The limiting sum of + + + . . . is
(d) 5 5 15
132 1
(a)
5
50. The limiting sum of a geometric series
9
exists when (b)
10
(a) | r | > 1 4
(c) 1
(b) | r | < 1 5
(c) | r | 1 (d)
6
(d) | r | 1 15
56. In a group of 25 students, 19 catch a 57. The formula for the sum
train to school and 21 catch a bus. If one 1 + 1.03 + 1.032 + . . . + 1.03n 1 is
of these students is chosen at random, 1.03(1.03n 1 1)
(a) S =
find the probability that the student only 1.03 1
catches a bus to school. 1.03(1.03n 1)
(b) S =
(a)
6 1.03 1
25 1.03n 1 1
(c) S =
(b)
21 1.03 1
25 1.03n 1
(d) S =
(c)
3 1.03 1
5
3
(d)
20
This chapter contains two sample (e) Two cities are 3295 km apart. Write
Mathematics HSC papers. They are designed this number correct to 2 significant
to give you some practice in working through figures.
an examination. These papers contain work (f) Solve | x + 3| < 7.
from the Year 11 Preliminary Course, as up
to 20% of questions are allowed to contain QUESTION 2
this work. You may need to revise this work (a)
before you try these papers.
If you can, set yourself a time limit and
work under examination conditions. Give
yourself 3 hours to do each Mathematics
paper. Try not to look up any notes while
working through these papers.
(i) Copy the diagram into your
examination booklet.
MATHEMATICSPAPER 1 (ii) Show that AC = CE.
(iii) Find the length of DE.
Time allowedThree hours
(b)
(Plus 5 minutes reading time)
DIRECTIONS TO CANDIDATES
All questions may be attempted.
All questions are of equal value.
All necessary working should be shown
in every question, as marks are awarded
(i) Copy the diagram into your
for this. Badly arranged or careless work
examination booklet.
may not receive marks.
(ii) Use the sine rule to calculate MO
QUESTION 1 correct to 1 decimal place.
(a) Find, correct to 2 decimal places, the (iii) Find MP to the nearest metre.
28.3
value of . QUESTION 3
15.7 2.4
(b) Factorise 3x2 - 11x + 6. (a) Differentiate
x x1 (i) x + 5x 3 + 1
(c) Solve the equation = 5.
2 3 1
(ii) 3 ln x + x
(d) The volume of a cone is given by
1 (iii) (2x + 3)5
V = r 2. If a cone has volume 12 m3,
3 (b) Find
find its radius correct to 2 decimal places.
(i) # (x e x ) dx
#0 (sin + 1) d
(ii)
SAMPLE EXAMINATION PAPERS 353
x 1 2 3 4 5
y 0 QUESTION 10
(a)
(ii) Apply the trapezoidal rule
with 4 subintervals to find an
approximation, to 2 decimal
places, of # log10 x dx.
5
1
(b) A population of mice at time t in
weeks is given by P = P0ekt , where k is a
constant and P0 is the population when
t = 0.
(i) Given that 20 mice increase to
100 after 6 weeks, calculate the value (i) Find the exact point of
of k, to 3 decimal places. intersection of the curve y = ex and
(ii) How many mice will there be the line y = 4.
after 10 weeks? (ii) Find the exact shaded area
(iii) After how many weeks will there enclosed between the curve and
be 500 mice? the line.
(b) (i) The quadratic equation
QUESTION 9
x2 + (k - 1)x + k = 0 has real and equal
(a)
roots. Find the exact values of k in
simplest surd form.
(ii) If k = 5, show that
x2 + (k - 1)x + k > 0 for all x.
(c) A parabola has equation y = x2 + 2px + q.
(i) Show that the coordinates of its
vertex are (-p, q - p2).
The surface area of a cylinder is given by (ii) Find the coordinates of its focus.
the formula S = 2 r (r + h) . (iii) Find the distance between
A cylinder is to have a surface area of the point (m, 3m2 + q) and point P
160 cm2. vertically below it on the parabola
(i) Show that the volume is given x2 = 8y when q > 0.
by V = 80r r3.
(ii) Find the value of r, to 2 decimal
places, that gives the maximum
volume.
(iii) Find the maximum volume, to
1 decimal place.
SAMPLE EXAMINATION PAPERS 355
y QUESTION 3
x2 = 8y
(a) Differentiate
(m, 3m2 + q)
(i) x cos x
(ii) e5x
(iii) loge (2x2 1)
(b) Find the indefinite integral (primitive
P
function) of
(i) (3x - 2)4
x
(ii) 3 sin 2x
#0
3
y = x2 + 2px + q (c) Evaluate (ex e x ) dx.
d2y
(iv) Find the minimum distance (d) For a certain curve, = 18x 6. If
dx 2
between these two points when there is a stationary point at (2, 1), find
m + q = 5. the equation of the curve.
QUESTION 4
MATHEMATICSPAPER 2 (a) Mark plays a game of chance that has
Time allowedThree hours 2
a probability of of winning the game.
(Plus 5 minutes reading time) 5
Hong plays a different game in which
3
there is a probability of of winning.
QUESTION 1 8
(a) Solve | x 3 | = 5. Find the probability that
(b) If f (x) = 5 - x2, find x when f (x) = -4. (i) both Mark and Hong win their
5 games
(c) Find the exact value of sin .
6 (ii) one of them wins the game
(d) Factorise fully a - 2a - 4a + 8.
3 2
(iii) at least one of them wins the
(e) Simplify 2 24 150 .
game.
(f) Evaluate loga 50 if loga 5 = 1.3 and
(b) (i) On a number plane, shade the
loga 2 = 0.43.
region where y 0, x 3 and y x + 2.
(g) Find the midpoint of (-3, 4) and
(ii) Find the area of this shaded
(0, -2).
region.
(iii) This area is rotated about the
QUESTION 2 x-axis. Find the volume of the solid
1 1
Plot points A e 5, 1 o , B e 1, 1 o and formed.
2 2
(c) (i) Sketch the graph of y = 2x 1
C(-4, -1) on a number plane.
on a number plane.
(a) Show that the equation of line AB is
(ii) Hence solve 2x 1 < 3.
given by 3x + 4y - 9 = 0.
(b) Find the equation of the straight line
QUESTION 5
l through C that is perpendicular to AB.
(a) For the curve y = 2x3 - 9x2 + 12x - 7
(c) Find the point of intersection P of the
(i) find any stationary points on the
two lines, AB and l.
curve and determine their nature
(d) Find the area of triangle ABC.
(ii) find any points of inflexion
(e) Find the coordinates of D such that
(iii) sketch the curve in the domain
ADCB is a rectangle.
-3 x 3.
356 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
(b) A plane leaves Bankstown airport and (ii) Differentiate ln (cos x).
flies for 850 km on a bearing of 100.
It then turns and flies for 1200 km on a (iii) Hence evaluate #
0
4
tan x dx to
2 decimal places.
bearing of 040.
(b) A bridge is 40 metres long, held by
(i) Draw a diagram showing this
wires at A and C with angles of elevation
information.
of 47 and 23 as shown.
(ii) How far from the airport is the
plane, to the nearest km?
(c) Simplify
(cosec + cot )(cosec cot ).
QUESTION 6
(a) (i) Find the equation of the normal
(i) Find the length of AD to
to the curve y = x2 at point P(-2, 4).
3 significant figures.
(ii) This normal cuts the parabola
(ii) Find the height of the bridge BD
again at point Q. Find the coordinates
to 1 decimal place.
of Q.
(c) Triangle BEC is isosceles with
(iii) Find the shaded area enclosed
BC = CE. Also +BEC = 50, +ABE = 130,
between the parabola and the normal,
and +ADC = 80.
to 3 significant figures.
(b) The graph below shows the
displacement of a particle over time t.
QUESTION 8
(i) When is the particle at the origin? (a) (i) Sketch the curve
(ii) When is the particle at rest? y = 3 sin 2x for 0 x 2 .
(c) The temperature T of a metal is (ii) On the same set of axes, sketch
x
cooling exponentially over t minutes. It y= .
2
cools down from 97C to 84C after (iii) How many roots does the equation
5 minutes. Find x
3 sin 2x = have in this domain?
(i) the temperature after 15 minutes 2
(ii) when it cools down to 20C. (b) Solve 2 sin x - 1 = 0 for 0 x 360.
(c) If logx 3 = p and logx 2 = q, write in
QUESTION 7 terms of p and q
(a) (i) Find the area bounded by the (i) logx 12
curve y = tan x, the x-axis and the lines (ii) logx 2x
(d) A stack of oranges has 1 orange at
x = 0 and x = , by using Simpsons rule
4 the top, 3 in the next row down, then
with 5 function values (to 2 decimal
each row has 2 more oranges than the
places).
previous one.
SAMPLE EXAMINATION PAPERS 357
(i) How many oranges are in the (iii) Find the value of k if the tangent
12th row? has an x-intercept of 2.
(ii) If there are 289 oranges stacked (e) Find the area of the sector to
altogether, how many rows are there? 1 decimal place.
QUESTION 9
(a) The diagram below shows the graph
of a function y = f (x).
QUESTION 10
(a) The graph of y = (x + 2)2 is drawn
below. Copy the graph into your writing
booklet.
Answers
Chapter 1: Geometry 2 8. +OCA = +OCB = 90 (given)
OA = OB (equal radii)
Exercises 1.1 OC is common
1. +ABE = 180 +ABD (straight angle 180 ) ` by RHS, OAC / OBC
+CBE = 180 +CBD (straight angle) ` AC = BC
= 180 +ABD (+ABD =+CBD given) (corresponding sides in congruent s)
= +ABE ` OC bisects AB
2. +DFB = 180 (180 x) (+AFB is a straight angle) 9. +CDB = +BEC = 90 (altitudes given)
=x +ACB = +ABC (base angles of isosceles )
` +AFC = x (vertically opposite angles) CB is common
+CFE = 180 (x + 180 2x) ` by AAS, CDB / BEC
(+AFB is a straight angle)
` CE = BD
=x (corresponding sides in congruent s)
` +AFC = +CFE
` CD bisects +AFE 10. AB = AD (given)
BC = DC (given)
3. +WBC + +BCY = 2x + 115 + 65 2x
AC is common
= 180
` by SSS, ABC / ADC
These are supplementary cointerior angles.
` +DAC = +BAC
`VW < XY
(corresponding angles in congruent s)
4. x + y = 180 (given) So AC bisects +DAB
` +A + +D = 180 Also +BCA = +DCA
These are supplementary cointerior angles. (corresponding angles in congruent s)
` AB < DC ` AC bisects +DCB
Also +A = +B (similarly)
These are supplementary cointerior angles. 11. (a) +NMO = +MOP (alternate angles, MN < PO)
` AD < BC +PMO = +MON (alternate angles, PM < ON)
` ABCD is a parallelogram. MO is common
` by AAS,
5. +ADB = +CDB = 110 (given)
MNO / MPO
+ABD = +CBD (BD bisects +ABC)
(b) +PMO = +MON (alternate angles, PM < ON)
BD is common
MN = NO (given)
` by AAS,
+MON = +NMO (base angles of isosceles )
ABD / CBD
` +PMO = +NMO
i.e. +PMQ = +NMQ
6. (a) AB = AE ( given)
+B = +E ( base angles of isosceles ) (c) MN = NO (given)
BC = DE ( given) PM = NO
(corresponding sides in congruent s)
` by SAS, ABC / AED
` PM = MN
(b) +BCA = +EDA
(corresponding angles in congruent s) +PMQ = +NMQ (from (b))
MQ is common
+ACD = 180 +BCA (BCD is a straight angle)
` by SAS, PMQ / NMQ
= 180 +EDA
= +ADC (d) +MQN = +MQP
` since base angles are equal, ACD is isosceles (corresponding angles in congruent s)
But +MQN ++MQP = 180 (+PQN straight angle)
7. DC = BC ( given)
` +MQN = +MQP = 90
+B = +D = 90 ( given)
1 12.
DM = AD ( given)
2
1
and BN = AB
2
` DM = BN
` by SAS, MDC / NBC
` MC = NC
(corresponding sides in congruent s)
ANSWERS 359
13.
Let ABCD be a rectangle
AD = BC (opposite sides in < gram)
+D = +C = 90
DC is common
` by SAS, ADC / BCD
ADC / ABC (see question 12) ` AC = DB
` +ADC = +ABC (corresponding angles in congruent s) (corresponding sides in congruent s)
Similarly, by using diagonal BD we can
prove +A = +C 20.
` opposite angles are equal
22.
17. AB = CD (given)
+BAC = +DCA (given)
AC is common
` by SAS, ABC / ADC
` AD = BC
(corresponding sides in congruent s)
Since two pairs of opposite sides are equal, Construct BE < AD
ABCD is a parallelogram. Then AD = BE (opposite sides of < gram)
But AD = BC (given)
Then BE = BC
18. (a) AE = EC ` +BCD = +BEC (base angles of isosceles )
(diagonals bisect each other in < gram)
Also, +ADC = +BEC (corresponding angles, AD < BE)
+AEB = +CEB = 90 (given)
` +ADC = +BCD
EB is common
` by SAS, ABE / CBE 23. AD = AB (given)
` AB = BC DC = BC (given)
(corresponding sides in congruent s) AC is common
` by SSS, ADC / C
(b) +ABE = +CBE
(corresponding angles in congruent s)
` +ADC = +ABC
(corresponding angles in congruent s)
360 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
13. m AC m BD = 1 1 = 1 50 r2
4. h=
So AC and BD are perpendicular. r
a a
Midpoint AC = midpoint BD = d , n 5. (a) +ADE = 45 (corresponding+s BC < AD)
2 2
So AC and BD bisect each other. +EAD = 90 45 (+ sumof )
So AC and BD are perpendicular bisectors. = 45
So ADE is isosceles.
14. (a) Distance from X = distance from Y = 1 unit (b) AE = DE =y (isoceles )
1 CD = y (CD = DE, given)
(b) Z = d , 0 n
4 AB = y (opposite sides in < gram)
1 AB < CE (given)
(c) 1 units2
4
So ABCE is a trapezium.
1 1
15. Midpoint AB: W = d 2, 1 n A = h (a + b)
2 2
Midpoint BC: X = ^ 2, 3 h 1
= y (y + 2y)
1 1 2
Midpoint CD: Y = d 4 , n 1
2 2 = y 3y
1 2
Midpoint AD: Z = d , 2 n
2 3y 2
3 =
mWX = mZY = 2
8
So WX < ZY CB CG
6. (a) = (equal ratio of intercepts)
BA GF
7
m XY = mWZ = CG CD
5 = (similarly)
GF DE
So XY < WZ CB CD
WXYZ is a parallelogram. ` =
BA DE
(b) 20.4 cm
Test yourself 1
4 4
1. (a) AB = AC (given)
7. m BC = =0
2 5
So BD = EC (midpoints) 4 3
mCD = =7
+DBC = +ECB (base +s in isoceles T) 56
BC is common 33
m AD = =0
`BEC / BDC (SAS) 1 6
(b) ` BE = DC (corresponding sides in /Ts) 4 3
m AB = =7
2 1
2. BC < AD, CD < AB
So ABCD is a parallelogram.
1y
2 8. DC2 + BC2 = 122 + 52
1x
2 = 144 + 25
= 169
c2 = a2 + b2 = 132
2
x 2 eyo = DB2
=d n +
2 2 ` +C = 90 (Pythagoras)
x2 y
2 So ABCD is a rectangle.
= +
4 4 9.18 5.13
x2 + y2 9. = = 2.7
= 3.4 1.9
4 +Y = +P = 39 (given)
x2 + y2 ` PQR <; WXY
c=
4 (two pairs of sides in proportion, with included+s equal)
x2 + y2
= 10. Let +BAC =x
2 Then +DAC =x (givenAC bisects +BAD)
+DCA =x (base+s of isosceles DAC)
3. AB = (7 4)2 + (5 1)2
` +BAC = +DCA
=5
BC = (7 1)2 + ( 5 3)2
= 10
AC = (4 1)2 + (1 3)2
=5
Since AB = AC BC, ABC is isosceles.
362 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
1
14. (a) AB: m1 = , BC: m2 = 2
2
1
m1 m2 = 2 = 1
2
So AB and BC are perpendicular.
(b) (3, 2) Let ABCD be a rhombus with AD = DC
1
(c) (3, ) To prove:
2
+ADE = +CDE
(d) 5 units
Proof
15. (a) 500 = 4x2 + 6xh AD = DC (given)
500 4x2 = 6xh ` ADC is isosceles
250 2x2 = 3xh ` +DAE = +DCE
250 2x2 AE = EC (diagonals bisect each other)
=h
3x ` by SAS, ADE / CDE
(b) V = 2x2 h ` +ADE = +CDE
250 2x2 (corresponding angles in congruent s)
= 2x 2 e o
3x
250 2x2 (Note: We can prove other pairs of angles equal
= 2x e o
3 similarly.)
500x 4x 3
= 4. 1189 mm 841 mm
3
4000
5. S = 2x 2 +
x
ANSWERS 363
(n 2) 180 AE is common
6. Each angle = ` by SAS, ADE / ABE
n
(180n 360) ` AB = AD (corresponding sides in congruent s)
=
n
360 CP CR 1
= c 180 m 10. = = (P and R are midpoints)
n PA RB 1
` PR < AB (equal ratios on < lines)
7.
Similarly PQ < CB and QR < AC
+QPR = +PRC (alternate +s, PQ < CB)
+CPR = +PRQ (alternate +s, AC < RQ)
PR is common
` by AAS, PQR / CPR
11. 188 mm
+EAF = +ACD (alternate angles, AB < DC)
DP DS 1
+ADC = +ABC (opposite angles in < gram) 12. (a) = = (P, S are midpoints)
DA DC 2
+ABC = +AEF (corresponding angles, BC < EF)
+D is common
` +ADC = +AEF
Since 2 pairs of sides are in proportion and the included
Since 2 pairs of angles equal, third is equal by angle sum angles are equal,
of DPS <; DAC.
` AEF <; ADC DP DS 1
(b) = =
PA SC 1
8.
` PS < AC (equal rations on < lines)
BQ BR
Similarly, =
QA RC
` QR < AC
` PS < QR
AP AQ 1
(c) = = (P, Q are midpoints)
PD QB 1
` PQ < DB (equal ratios on < lines)
Similarly SR < DB
a + a b + b
(a) Midpoint of BD: d , n = (a, 0) `PQ < SR
2 2 Since PS < QR, PQ < SR.
0 + 2a 0 + 0 PQRS is a parallelogram.
Midpoint of AC: d , n = (a, 0)
2 2
` diagonals BD and AC bisect each other at E(a, 0) 13. 70 cm
BD is vertical and AC is horizontal
`the diagonals are perpendicular
Chapter 2: Geometrical applications
(b) AB = (a 0) 2 + (b 0)2 of calculus
= a2 + b2
BC = (2a a)2 + (0 b) 2 Problem
= a2 + b2
^ 0.25, 1.125 h
CD = (2a a)2 + (0 + b)2
= a2 + b2
Exercises 2.1
AD = (a 0)2 + ( b 0)2
= a2 + b2 1. (a)
` all sides are equal
(b) 17. y
x
2
(c)
18. y
(d)
x
4
19. y
1
2. x< 3. x < 0
4
4. (a) x < 1.5 (b) x > 1.5 (c) x = 1.5
x
5. f l(x) = 2 < 0 for all x 1
14. p = 12
x
1 -2 5
15. a = 1 , b = 6
2
dy
16. (a) = 3x2 6x + 27
dx
(b) The quadratic function has a > 0
b2 4ac = 288 < 0 21. y
So 3x2 6x + 27 > 0 for all x
The function is monotonic increasing for all x.
x
3
ANSWERS 365
dy d2 y
6. = 4x 3, =4
2 13 dx dx2
23. (2, 0) and c , 3 m
3 81
7. f l(1) = 16, f m(2) = 40 8. 4x 5, 20x 6
x 2 2 3
3x + 2
24. + x+1 = ; f , p 1 d2 h
2 x+1 2 x+1 3 9 9. g m(4) = 10. = 26 when t = 1
32 dt2
25. a = 1.75
7 1
11. x = 12. x >
1 3 18 3
26. !0 27. !0
2 x x4
13. 20 (4x 3)4 ; 320 (4x 3)3
1
Exercises 2.2 14. f l(x) = ;
2 2x
1. (0, 1); yl< 0 on LHS, yl> 0 on RHS 1
f m(x) =
4 (2 x) 3
2. (0, 0) minimum 3. (0, 2) inflexion
16 96
15. f l^ x h = ; f m(x) =
4. ( 2, 11); show f l(x) > 0 on LHS and f l(x) < 0 on RHS. (3x 1) 2 (3x 1) 3
1
17. d 1, n minimum
2
18. (2.06, 54.94) maximum, ^ 20.6, 54.94 h minimum
12. y 3.
x
1
4. (a)
20. (a) ^ 0, 8 h, ^ 2, 2 h
dy
(b) = 6x5 15x4 + 21
dx
dy
At ^ 0, 8 h: = 6 ] 0 g5 15 ] 0 g4 + 21
dx (d)
= 21
0
dy
At ^ 2, 2 h : = 6 ] 2 g5 15 ] 2 g4 + 21
dx
= 27
0
So these points are not horizontal points of inflexion.
Exercises 2.5
5.
dy d2 y dy d2 y
1. (a) > 0, > 0 (b) < 0, <0
dx dx2 dx dx2
dy d y
2
dy d2 y
(c) > 0, < 0 (d) < 0, >0
dx dx2 dx dx2
dy d2 y
(e) > 0, >0
dx dx2
dP d2 P
2. (a) > 0, < 0 (b) The rate is decreasing.
dt dt2
ANSWERS 367
6. Exercises 2.7
1.
dM d2 M
7. < 0, >0
dt dt2
Exercises 2.6
3.
1. (1, 0) minimum 2. (0,1) minimum
5. (0, 5); f m(x) = 0 at (0, 5), f m(x) < 0 on LHS, f m(x) > 0 RHS
6. Yesinflexion at (0, 3)
7. ^ 2, 78 h minimum, ^ 3, 77 h maximum
1
14. m = 5 15. a = 3, b = 9
2
368 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
5. 9.
6.
10.
7.
11.
dy 2
14. = 0
dx (1 + x) 2
3. Maximum value is 25.
5. Maximum value is 2.
15. 1
6. Maximum value is 5, minimum value is 16 .
3
5. (a) x + y = 30
` y = 30 x
(b) The perimeter of one square is x, so its side is
10. Maximum , minimum 1 1
x. The other square has side y.
4 4
1 2 1 2
A =d xn + d yn
4 4
x2 y2
= +
16 16
x + y2
2
=
16
x2 + (30 x)2
=
16
x2 + 900 60x + x2
=
16
2x2 60x + 900
=
16
2 (x2 30x + 450)
=
Problem 16
x2 30x + 450
30 =
The disc has radius cm. (This result uses Stewarts 8
7
theoremcheck this by research.)
6. (a) x2 + y2 = 2802 (b) A = xy
= 78 400 = x 78 400 x2
Exercises 2.9 y2 = 78 400 x2
y= 78 400 x2
1. A = xy
50 = xy 7.
50
` =y
x
P = 2 x + 2y
50
= 2x + 2
x
100 V = x (10 2x) (7 2x)
= 2x +
x = x (70 20x 14x + 4x2)
= x (70 34x + 4x2)
2. 2x + 2y = 120 = 70x 34x2 + 4x3
2y = 120 2x
y = 60 x 8. Profit per person = Cost Expenses
A = xy = (900 100x) (200 + 400x)
= x (60 x) = 900 100x 200 400x
= 60x x2 = 700 500x
For x people, P = x (700 500x)
3. xy = 20
= 700x 500x2
20
y=
x
S =x+y
20
=x+
x
ANSWERS 371
8. x = 1.25 m, y = 1.25 m
After t hours, Joel has travelled 75t km. He is (c) 7407.4 cm3
700 75t km from the town.
10. V = r2h = 54
After t hours, Nick has travelled 80t km. He is
54
680 80t km from the town. h=
r 2
d= (700 75t)2 + (680 80t)2 54
= 2
= 490 000 105 000t + 5625t2 + 462 400 r
108 800t + 6400t2 S = 2r (r + h)
= 952 400 213 800t + 12 025t2 54
= 2 r d r + 2 n
r
10. The river is 500 m, or 0.5 km, wide Distance AB: 108
= 2 r +
2
r
d=
x2 + 0.52
=
x2 + 0.25 Radius is 3 m.
distance
Speed = 17 200
time 11. (a) S = 2 r2 + (b) 2323.7 m2
r
distance
` Time =
speed 12. 72 cm2
x2 + 0.25
t= 13. (a) xy = 400
5
400
` y=
Distance BC: x
d =7x A = (y 10) (x 10)
distance = xy 10y 10x + 100
Time = 400 400
speed = xc m 10 c m 10x + 100
x x
7x
t= 4000
4 = 400 10x + 100
x
So total time taken is:
4000
x2 + 0.25 7 x = 500 10x
t= + x
5 4
(b) 100 cm2
3. 2x + 2y = 60 1
17. 301 cm2 18. 160 cm2 19. 1.68 cm, 1.32 cm
2y = 60 2x 6
y = 30 x (1) 20. d2 = (200 80t) 2 + (120 60t) 2
A = xy = 40 000 32 000t + 6400t2
= x (30 x) from (1) + 14 400 14 400t + 3600t2
= 30x x2 = 10 000t2 46 400t + 54 400
Max. area 225 m2 24 km
1
4. (a) A = xy = 4000 21. (a) d = ] x2 2x + 5 g ] 4x x2 g (b) unit
2
4000 = x 2 x + 5 4x + x
2 2
` y= (1) = 2x 6x + 5
2
x
P = 2x + 2 y
4000
= 2x + 2 c m from (1)
x
8000
= 2x +
x
372 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
1 y (b) 95 km/h
22. (a) Perimeter = 2x + y + (2r) where r =
2 2 (c) $2846
1 y
1200 = 2x + y + e 2 o
2 2
y Exercises 2.11
= 2x + y +
2 x3
1. (a) x2 3x + C (b) + 4x 2 + x + C
y 3
1200 y = 2x
2 x6 x3
(c) x4 + C (d) x2 + x + C
y y 6 3
600 =x
2 4 (e) 6x + C
2400 2y y
=x
4 x2 x5
2. (a) f (x) = 2x3 +C (b) f (x) = x 3 + 7x + C
1 2 2 5
(b) A = xy + r x2 x3
2 (c) f (x) = 2x + C (d) f (x) = x 2 3x + C
2400 2y y y2 2 3
=e oy + 1 e o 3
4 2 2 2x 2
2400y 2y2 y2 y2 (e) f (x) = +C
= + 3
4 8
4800y 4y 2y
2 2
y 2 x 3
3. (a) y = x5 9x + C (b) y = + 2x 1 + C
= + 3
8 8
x4 x3 2
4800y 4y2 y2 (c) y = +C (d) y = + C
= 20 3 x
8
x4 x2
(e) y = +x+C
(c) x = 168 m, y = 336 m 4 3
d x3 2
25. (a) s= 16. y = 2 x 2 + 3x 4 17. f (x) = x4 x3 + 2x2 + 4x 2
t 3 3
d
So t =
s 18. y = 3x2 + 8x + 8 19. f ] 2 g = 77 20. y = 0
1500
=
s
Cost of trip taking t hours:
Test yourself 2
C = ] s2 + 9000 g t 1. ( 3, 11) maximum, (1, 15) minimum
1500
= ] s2 + 9000 g
s 1
2. x >1 3. y = 2x3 + 6x2 5x 33
9000 1500 6
= 1500s +
s
9000 4. (a) -8 (b) 26 (c) -90 5. 50 m
c
= 1500 s + m
s
6. (0, 0) minimum 7. x > 1
ANSWERS 373
8. (a) (0, 1) maximum, ( 4, 511) minimum, 14. x < 3 15. y = x3 + 3x2 + 3 16. 150 products
(2, 79) minimum
dy
(b) 17. For decreasing curve, <0
dx
dy
= 3x 2
dx
<0 (since x2 > 0 for all x 0)
` monotonic decreasing function
18. (a)
1 5x 3
9. c , 1 m 10. f (x) = + 6x2 49x + 59
2 2
11. (a) V = r 2 h
375 = r 2 h (b)
375
=h
r 2
S = 2r2 + 2rh
375
= 2 r 2 + 2 r d n
r 2
750
= 2 r 2 +
r
(b) 3.9 cm
(c)
12. (a) (0, 0) and (1, 1)
(b) (0, 0) minimum, (1, 1) point of inflexion
(c)
19. (a) x2 + y2 = 52 = 25
y2 = 25 x2
y= 25 x2
13. (a)
1
A= xy
2
1
= x 25 x2
2
(b) 6.25 m2
S = 2x2 + 4xh
250 = 2x2 + 4xh 20. (a) (4, 171) minimum, ( 6, 329) maximum
250 2x2 = 4xh (b) (1, 79)
250 2x2 (c)
=h
4x
2 (125 x ) 2
=h
4x
125 x 2
=h
2x
V =x h2
125 x2
= x2 d n
2x
x (125 x ) 2
=
2 21. x < 1
125x x3
=
2 22. f ] x g = 2x3 3x2 31x + 68
Challenge exercise 2
20x2 120x 1
1. ; 15. 4 m 4 m 4 m
(4x2 + 1)4
8(60x3 420x2 9x + 15) 1
16. f (3) = 22 17. (a) -2 (b) -1
(4x2 + 1)5 6
18. yl= 0 at (0, 0);
2.
(a) y m > 0 on LHS and RHS
(b) y m < 0 on LHS, y m > 0 on RHS
1
19. 21 cm3 20. (a) (0, 1) (b) k = 2, 4, 6, 8, . . .
3
1
21. minimum 1; maximum
5
22. 87 kmh1
Chapter 3: Integration
Exercises 3.1
1 1. 2.5 2. 10 3. 2.4 4. 0.225 5. (a) 28 (b) 22
3. x < ,x >4
2 6. 0.39 7. 0.41 8. 1.08 9. 0.75 10. 0.65
11. 0.94 12. 0.92 13. 75.1 14. 16.5 15. 650.2
4. 16 m2
5. 27; -20.25
Exercises 3.2
6. f l(0.6) = f m(0.6) = 0 and concavity changes 1. 48.7 2. 30.7 3. 1.1 4. 0.41 5. (a) 3.4475
(b) 3.4477 6. 2.75 7. 0.693 8. 1.93 9. 72
7. Show sum of areas is least when r = s = 12.5 10. 5.25 11. 0.558 12. 0.347 13. 3.63 14. 7.87 15. 175.8
5
8. 25
6 Exercises 3.3
dy 1
9. (a) = 0 1
dx 2 x1 1. 8 2. 10 3. 125 4. -1 5. 10 6. 54 7. 3
3
(b) Domain: x 1; range: y 0 2 2 1
(c) 8. 16 9. 50 10. 52 11. 12. 21 13. 0
3 3 4
2 1 1 1
14. 4 15. 1 16. 4 17. 0 18. 2 19. 0
3 4 3 3
2 1 3 2 1
20. 6 21. 101 22. 12 23. 22 24. 2
9 4 4 3 3
25. 0.0126
ANSWERS 375
1 1 2 1 1
Exercises 3.4 2. (a) 288.2 (b) 1 (c) (d) 60 (e) (f)
4 8 3 6 7
x3 x6 2x 5 m2 2 1 1 3
1. +C 2. +C 3. +C 4. +m+C (g) 4 (h) (i) 1 (j)
3 2 5 2 3 8 5 5
t3 h8 y2
5. 7t + C 6. + 5h + C 7. 3y + C
3 8 2 Exercises 3.6
1 2
b3 b2 a4 a2 1. 1 units2 2. 36 units2 3. 4.5 units2 4. 10 units2
8. x 2 + 4x + C 9. + +C 10. a+C 3 3
3 2 4 2
x3 1
11. + x 2 + 5x + C 12. x4 x3 + 4x2 x + C 5. units2 6. 14.3 units2 7. 4 units2 8. 0.4 units2
3 6
x5 x4 x 8 3x 7 1
13. x6 + + +C 14. 9x + C 9. 8 units2 10. 24.25 units2 11. 2 units2 12. 9 units2
5 2 8 7 3
2 1 2 1
x4 x3 x2 x6 x4 13. 11 units2 14. units2 15. units2 16. units2
15. + 2x + C 16. + + 4x + C 3 6 3 3
2 3 2 6 4
1
17. 5 units2 18. 18 units2 19. = 3.14 units2
4x 3 5x 2 3x 5 x 4 x 2 3
17. 8x + C 18. + +C
3 2 5 2 2
a4
20. units2
3x 4 5x 3 x 2 2
19. + 4x + C 20. x 3 2x 1 + C
2 3 2
4
1 3x 3 x4
21. 7 + C 22. +C 23. x3 + x2 + C Exercises 3.7
7x 4 4
1 2
4x 3 x 3 3x 2 3 1. 21 units2 2. 20 units2 3. 4 units2
24. x 2x2 + +C 25. + 10x + C 26. +C 3 3
3 3 2 x
1 1
1 4 3 7 4. 1.5 units2 5. 1 units2 6. 2 units2
27. +C 28. x+ 2 4 +C 4 3
2x 2 x 2x 4x
2 1 7
y3 y 6 7. 10 units2 8. units2 9. 3 units2
t4 t3 3 6 9
29. + + 5y + C 30. 2t2 + 4t + C
3 6 4 3
1
10. 2 units2 11. 11 units2 12. 60 units2
2 x3 1 3 3 x4 4
31. +C 32. 4 + C 33. +C
3 2t 4 1
13. 4.5 units2 14. 1 units2 15. 1.9 units2
2 x 5
2 x 3 3
34. +C 35. +x+C
5 3
Exercises 3.8
Exercises 3.5
1 1 1
(3x 4)3 1. 1 units2 2. 1 units2 3. units2
1. (a) (i) 3x3 12x2 + 16x + C (ii) +C 3 3 6
9
(x + 1)5 (5x 1)10 2 5
4. 10 units2 5. 20 units2 6. 8 units2
(b) +C (c) +C 3 6
5 50
(3y 2)8 (4 + 3x)5 2 2
7. units2 8. 166 units2 9. 0.42 units2
(d) +C (e) +C 3 3
24 15
2 1 1
(7x + 8)13 (1 x)7 10. units2 11. units2 12. units2
(f) +C (g) +C 3 12 3
91 7
2
(2x 5)3 2 (3x + 1) 3 13. 36 units2 14. 2 units2 15. ( 2) units2
(h) +C (i) +C 3
3 9
1
(j) 3 (x + 7) 1 + C (k) +C
16 (4x 5) 2 Problem
3 3
(4x + 3) 4 1
(l) +C (m) 2 (2 x) + C 2 206
16 units3
15
2 (t + 3) 2 (5x + 2)
5 7
(n) +C (o) +C
5 35
376 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
V = # y2 dx
b
a
3. 27.2 units3 4. 9 units2 5. (a) 36x3 (x4 1)8
= # ] r2 x2 g dx
r
(x4 1)9
r (b) +C
x3 r 36
= < r2 x F
3 r 22x 1 2
( r)3 6. (a) (b) 7. 7.35 units2 8. units3
r3 (3x2 4)2 8 3
= > d r3 n e r3 oH
3 3
1
2r 3 2r 3 9. f (0) = =
=d n 0
3 3
4 r 3
10. (a)
= units3
3
Test yourself 3
2 2
14. (a) 6 (b) 6
3 3
5
15. units2
12
8a 2
16. (a) units2
3
(b) (b) 2a3 units3
ANSWERS 377
(3x + 5)8 1
22. +C 23. 5 24. (1, 1)
24 3
198 96
9. (a) units3 (b) units3
7 5
25. (a) 1.11 (b) 1.17
1
10. 1 units2 11. f l(3) = 20, f m( 2) = 16 12. 68 26. ^ 0, 3 h maximum, (1, 2) minimum, (1, 2) minimum
3
8 5
27. 2 28. (a) 1.58 units2 (b) units3
15 2
378 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
38.
(b)
39.
(c)
Let ABCD be a rhombus with AC = x and BD = y.
+AEB = 90
(diagonals perpendicular in rhombus)
1
DE = BE = y
2
(diagonals bisect each other)
1 1 1
ACB has area x y = xy
2 2 4
1 1 1
ADC has area x y = xy
2 2 4
1 1 1
` ABCD has area xy + xy = xy
4 4 2
AB AG 3. (a) 9ex (b) ex (c) ex + 2x (d) 6x2 6x + 5 ex
40. = (equal ratios of intercepts, BG < CD)
AC AD
(e) 3ex ] ex + 1 g 2 (f) 7 ex (ex + 5)6 (g) 4ex ] 2ex 3 g
AG AF
= (equal ratios of intercepts, GF < DE)
AD AE ex (x 1)
(h) ex ] x + 1 g (i) (j) xex ] x + 2 g
AB AF x2
` =
AC AE ex (7x 10)
(k) (2x + 1)ex + 2ex = ex (2x + 3) (l)
(7x 3) 2
2
41. f (2) = 1 5ex 5xex 5 (1 x)
3 (m) =
e 2x ex
xn + 1
42. (a) +C 1
n+1 4. f l(1) = 6 e; f m(1) = 6 e 5. e 6. e 5 =
e5
d
(b) Since (C) = 0, the primitive function 7. 19.81 8. ex + y = 0 9. x + e3 y 3 e6 = 0
dx
could include C.
ANSWERS 379
1 11. y = 3e 2 x
10. c 1, m min
e dy
= 6e 2 x
dx
d2 y
= 12e2x
dx2
d2 y dy
LHS = 3 + 2y
dx 2
dx
= 12e 3 (6e2x) + 2 (3e2x)
2x
dy d2 y 12. y = aebx
11. = 7ex; = 7e x = y dy
dx dx 2
= baebx
dx
dy d2 y d2 y
12. = 2ex; = 2e x = b2aebx
dx dx2 dx2
y = 2e + 1
x
= b2 y
` y 1 = 2e x
d2 y 13. n = 15
` =y1
dx2
14.
Exercises 4.2
1. (a) 7e7x (b) e x (c) 6e6x 2 (d) 2xex +1
2
(e) (3x + 5) e
2 x 3 + 5x + 7
(f) 5e 5x
(g) 2e 2x
(h) 10e10x
Exercises 4.3
1 2x 1 4x 1 5x
1. (a) e +C (b) e +C (c) e x + C (d) e +C
2 4 5
1 2x 1 4x + 1 3 5x
(e) e +C (f) e +C (g) e +C
2 4 5
1 2t 1 7x x2
(h) e +C (i) e 2x + C (j) ex 3 + +C
2 7 2
dy
10. = 4e 4 x 4e 4 x 1 5 1 2
dx 2. (a) (e 1) (b) e 2 1 = 2 1 (c) e7 (e9 1)
d2 y 5 e 3
= 16e4x + 16e 4x 1 4 2 1 4 1 1
dx2 (d) 19 e (e 1) (e) e + 1 (f) e2 e 1
2 2 2 2
= 16 (e4x + e 4x)
1 6 1
= 16y (g) e + e 1
3
2 2
380 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
3. (a) 0.32 (b) 268.29 (c) 37 855.68 (d) 346.85 15. Curves are symmetrical about the line y = x.
(e) 755.19
1
4. e4 e2 = e2 (e2 1) units2 5. (e e 3) units2
4
6. 2.86 units 7. 29.5 units 8. (e6 1) units3
2 2
2
9. 4.8 units3 10. 7.4 11. (a) x (2 + x) ex (b) x2 ex + C
12. e units3
1 4
13. (e 5) units2
2
Exercises 4.4
1. (a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 1 (e) 2 (f ) 1 (g) 0 (h) 7
16. x = ey
2. (a) 9 (b) 3 (c) 1 (d) 12 (e) 8 (f ) 4 (g) 14 (h) 14
(i) 1 (j) 2 Exercises 4.5
1 1 1 1 1 b
3. (a) 1 (b) (c) (d) 2 (e) (f ) (g) 1. (a) loga 4y (b) loga 20 (c) loga 4 (d) loga
2 2 4 3 2 5
1 1 1 xy
(h) (i) 1 (j) 1 x5
3 2 2 (e) logx y3 z (f ) logk 9y3 (g) loga (h) loga
y2 z
4. (a) 3.08 (b) 2.94 (c) 3.22 (d) 4.94 (e) 10.40 p3 q
(f ) 7.04 (g) 0.59 (h) 3.51 (i) 0.43 (j) 2.21 (i) log10 ab4 c3 (j) log3
r2
5. (a) log3 y = x (b) log5 z = x (c) logx y = 2 2. (a) 1.19 (b) -0.47 (c) 1.55 (d) 1.66 (e) 1.08
(d) log2 a = b (e) logb d = 3 (f ) log8 y = x (f ) 1.36 (g) 2.02 (h) 1.83 (i) 2.36 (j) 2.19
(g) log6 y = x (h) loge y = x (i) loga y = x
(j) loge Q = x 3. (a) 2 (b) 6 (c) 2 (d) 3 (e) 1 (f ) 3 (g) 7
1
(h) (i) -2 (j) 4
6. (a) 3x = 5 (b) ax = 7 (c) 3b = a (d) x9 = y (e) ay = b 2
(f ) 2y = 6 (g) 3y = x (h) 10y = 9 (i) ey = 4 (j) 7y = x
4. (a) x + y (b) x y (c) 3x (d) 2y (e) 2x (f ) x + 2y
7. (a) x = 1 000 000 (b) x = 243 (c) x = 7 (d) x = 2 (g) x + 1 (h) 1 y (i) 2x + 1 (j) 3y 1
(e) x = 1 (f ) x = 3 (g) x = 44.7 (h) x = 10 000
(i) x = 8 (j) x = 64 5. (a) p + q (b) 3q (c) q p (d) 2p (e) p + 5q (f ) 2p q
(g) p + 1 (h) 1 2q (i) 3 + q (j) p 1 q
8. y = 5 9. 44.7 10. 2.44 11. 0 12. 1
6. (a) 1.3 (b) 12.8 (c) 16.2 (d) 9.1 (e) 6.7 (f ) 23.8
1
13. (a) 1 (b) (i) 3 (ii) 2 (iii) 5 (iv) (v) -1 (vi) 2 (g) -3.7 (h) 3 (i) 22.2 (j) 23
2
(vii) 3 (viii) 5 (ix) 7 (x) 1 (xi) e 7. (a) x = 4 (b) y = 28 (c) x = 48 (d) x = 3 (e) k = 6
1 1 3 2x
1. (a) 1 + (b) (c) (d)
x x 3x + 1 x2 4
15x2 + 3 5 10x2 + 2x + 5
(e) (f) + 2x =
5 x + 3x 9
3
5x + 1 5x + 1
1 8 6x + 5
(g) 6x + 5 + (h) (i)
x 8x 9 (x + 2) (3x 1)
4 2 30
(j) =
4x + 1 2x 7 (4x + 1) (2x 7)
5 1 2
(k) (1 + loge x)4 (l) 9 c 1 m (ln x x)8 12. 13. (a) 3x ln 3 (b) 10x ln 10
x x (2x + 5) loge 3
4 1
(m) (loge x) (n) 6 c 2x + m (x2 + loge x)5
3
(c) 3 ln 2 23x 4
x x
1 loge x
(o) 1 + loge x (p) 14. 4 ln 4 $ x y + 4 = 0 15. 3 loge 3 $ x + y 1 9 loge 3 = 0
x2
2x + 1 x3
(q) + 2 loge x (r) + 3x2 loge (x + 1) Exercises 4.8
x x+1
1 x 2 x loge x 1. (a) loge (2x + 5) + C (b) loge (2x2 + 1) + C
(s) (t)
x loge x x (x 2) 2 1 1
(c) ln (x5 2) + C (d) loge x + C or loge 2x + C
2 2
e2x (2x loge x 1)
(u) 5
x (loge x) 2 (e) 2 ln x + C (f) loge x + C (g) loge (x2 3x) + C
3
1 1 3
(v) ex c + loge x m (h) ln (x2 + 2) + C (i) loge (x2 + 7) + C
x 2 2
1
10 loge x (j) loge (x + 2x 5) + C
2
(w) 2
x
2. (a) ln (4x 1) + C (b) loge (x + 3) + C
1 1
2. f l(1) = 3. 4. x 2y 2 + 2 loge 2 = 0 1 1
2 x loge 10 (c) ln (2x3 7) + C (d) loge (2x6 + 5) + C
6 12
2
5. y = x 2 6. 7. 5x + y loge 5 25 = 0 1
5 (e) loge (x2 + 6x + 2) + C
1 1 1 1 2
8. 5x 19y + 19 loge 19 15 = 0 9. d , loge n
2 2 2 4
3. (a) 0.5 (b) 0.7 (c) 1.6 (d) 3. 1 (e) 0.5
1
10. c e, m maximum
e
4. loge 3 loge 2 = loge 1.5 units2 5. loge 2 units2
11. (a) 6. (0.5 + loge 2) units2 7. 0.61 units2
1 2
12. (a) RHS = +
x+3 x3
1 (x 3)
=
(x + 3) (x 3)
2 (x + 3)
(b) +
(x + 3) (x 3)
x 3 + 2x + 6
=
x2 9
3x + 3
= 2
x 9
= LHS
3x + 3 1 2
` 2 = +
x 9 x+3 x3
(b) loge (x + 3) + 2 loge (x 3) + C
382 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
5 17. 2x + y ln 2 4 = 0
13. (a) RHS = 1
x1
18. (0, 0) point of inflexion, ( 3, 27e 3) minimum
x1 5
=
x1 x1 19. 5.36 units2
x6
= 20. (a) 0.65
x1
(b) 1.3
= LHS
x6 5 Challenge exercise 4
` =1
x1 x1
1
(b) x 5 loge (x 1) + C (e2x + x) (2e2x + 1) loge x
x
1. 2. 2e
(e2x + x) 2
2x 1
3
14. +C 15. 1.86 units2 3. (a) 2.8 (b) 1.8 (c) 2.6
2 loge 3
1 m 4x
4. 9 c 4e 4 x + (e + loge x) 8 5. 0.42 units2
Test yourself 4 x
2
1. (a) 6.39 (b) 1.98 (c) 3.26 (d) 1.40 (e) 0.792 6. 7. 12 units3 8. 5x loge 5
2x 3
(f) 3.91 (g) 5.72 (h) 72.4 (i) 6 (j) 2
1 4 d 2 3x
2. (a) 5e5x (b) 2e1 x (c) (d) (e) ex (x + 1) 9. (x loge x) = x (1 + 2 loge x); 18 loge 3 10. +C
x 4x + 5 dx loge 3
1 ln x
(f) (g) 10ex (ex + 1)9 11. (a) (1, 0) (b) x y 1 = 0; x loge 10 $ y 1 = 0
x2
1 1 1
3. (a) e4x + C (b) ln (x2 9) + C (c) e x + C (c) f 1 p units 12. 0.645 units2
4 2 loge 10
6. (a) 0.34 (b) 0.07 (c) 0.06 (d) 0.83 (e) 1.14 3 4 1
(f) 0.33 (g) 1.50 (h) 0.06 (i) 0.73 (j) 0.16 6. (a) = (b) 2nd (c)
4 4 4 2
=
4
Exercises 5.2
5 6 1
7. (a) = (b) 2nd (c)
1. 6 6 6 2
=
6
3 4 6
1 1 7 8
3 8. (a) = (b) 4th (c) 1
sin 4 4 4
2 2 2
= 2
1 1 3 4
cos
2 2 2
4 3 1
1 9. (a) = + (b) 3rd (c)
3 3 3 2
tan 3 1
3
=+
3
cosec 2 2 2
5 6 3
3 10. (a) = (b) 4th (c)
3 3 3 2
2
sec 2 2 = 2
3 3
1 3 1 1
cot 1 3 11. (a) 1 (b) (c) 3 (d) (e)
3 2 2 3
13 12 3
1 1 3 3 4 3 2 3+1 12. (a) (i) = + (ii) 1st (iii)
2. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 0 (f) 6 6 6 2
3 2 8 3 2
= 2 +
2+2 32 2 2+ 3 6
(g) 2 3 (h) (i) (j)
2 2 2 1 1 1 3
(b) (i) (ii) 3 (iii) (iv) (v)
2 2 3 2
1 6 2 3 1
3. (a) 1 (b) (c) (d) 1 (e) 4
4 4 2 4 5 5 7 5 4
13. (a) , (b) , (c) , (d) ,
3 3 4 4 4 4 3 3
6+ 2
4. (a) (b) 32
4 5 7
(e) ,
6 6
14. (a) sin (b) tan x (c) cos (d) sin x (e) cot
384 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
1 1
Exercises 5.4 2. 3.
4 3
3 2 125 3
1. (a) 8 cm2 (b) m (c) cm2 (d) cm2
2 3 4 4. 1 343 622 km 5. 7367 m
49
(e) mm2
8
Exercises 5.7
2. (a) 0.48 m2 (b) 6.29 cm2 (c) 24.88 mm2 (d) 7.05 cm2 1. (a) y
(e) 3.18 m2
4 7 49
3. 16.6 m2 4. = 4 5. 6 m 6. (a) cm (b) cm2
9 6 12
1
6845
7. mm2 8. 75 cm2 9. 11.97 cm2
8
10. = , r = 3 cm x
15
3 2
2 2
Exercises 5.5
-1
6 9 3 2 125 75
1. (a) 8 cm2 (b) m (c) cm2
4 3
3 ( 3) 49 ( 2 2 )
(d) cm2 (e) mm2 (b) y
4 8
2. (a) 0.01 m2 (b) 1.45 cm2 (c) 3.65 mm2 (d) 0.19 cm2
(e) 0.99 m2
2
3 9
3. 0.22 cm 2
4. (a) cm (b) cm2 (c) 0.07 cm 2
7 14
5 x
5. 134.4 cm 6. (a) 2.6 cm (b) cm (c) 0.29 cm2
6 3 2
2 2
7. (a) 10.5 mm (b) 4.3 mm2 -2
25
8. (a) cm2 (b) 0.5 cm2
4
9. (a) 77 22l (b) 70.3 cm2 (c) 26.96 cm2 (d) 425.43 cm2
ANSWERS 385
(c) y (g) y
2
4
3
2
1 1
x
3 2
2 2
x
3 2 (h) y
2 2
-1
y 5
(d)
x
3 2
2 2
3
2 (i) y
x
3 2 3
2 2 x
3 2
(e) y 2 2
(j) y
3
x
3 2
2 2 1
x
3 2
-3
2 2
(f) y
2. (a) y
4
x
3 2 1
2 2
-4
x
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4
-1
386 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
(b) y (g) y
x
x 2 4 5 2
3 5 3 7 2 3 3 3 3
4 2 4 4 2 4
(h) y
(c) y
3
1
x
2 4 5 x
2
3 3 3 3 3 2
2 2
1
-3
(d) y
(i) y
x
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4 x
3 2
2 2
3
2
(e) y
6 (j) y
x
2 4 5 2
3 3 3 3
4
-6
(f) y
x
3 2
2 2
-4
x
2
ANSWERS 387
3. (a) y 4. y
8
1
x x
- 3 2 3 4
- 3 - 2 -
4 4 2
4 4
-1
-8
(b) y
7 5. (a) y
1
x
- 3 - -
3
- 2 4 4
4 2 4
-7 x
3 2
(c) y
2 2
-1
(b) y
x
- 3 - 3
- -
4 2 4 4 2 4
x
3 2
(d) y 2 2
5
(c) y
x 1
- 3 3
- - -
4 2 4 4 2 4
-5
x
(e) y 3 2
2 2
-1
2
(d) y
x 3
- 3 - 3
- -
4 2 4 4 2 4
-2
x
3 2
2 2
-3
388 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
(e) y (j) y
5
2
4
3
x
3 2 2
2 2
1
-2
x
3 2
(f) y
-1 2 2
4
6. (a) y
x
3 5 3 7 2
1
4 2 4 4 2 4
-4 x
-2 -1 1 2
(g) y
-1
1
(b) y
x 3
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4
x
-1 -2 -1 1 2
(h) y -3
7. (a) y
1
1 y = sin x
x
3 5 3 7 2
4 2 4 4 2 4 x
3 2
-1 2 2
y = sin 2x
(i) y
(b) y
3
2
2
1
1
x
x 3 2
3 2
-1 2 2
-1 2 2
-2
ANSWERS 389
5
4 2
3
y = cos x + sin x
2 1
y = 2 cos x
1
x
3 2 x
1 3 2
2 2 2 2
2 y = 3 sin x
-1
3
4
-2
5
(b) y (b) y
5
4 2
3
y = sin 2x sin x
2
1
1
x
3 2
1 2 x
2 3 2
2 2 2
3 1
4 y = 2 cos x + 3 sin x
5
2
9. y (c) y
2 y = cos 2x - cos x
2 y = sin x + 2 cos 2x
1
1
x
3 2 x
2 2 3 2
-1 2 2
1
-2
2
(d) y
3
2 y =3 cos x cos 2x
x
3 2
1 2 2
2
3
4
390 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
(e) y 6. x = 0.8, 4
y
3
1 1
x y = cos x
3 2
-1 2 2
x x
-2 y = sin x - sin 3 2
2
2 2
-3
y = sin x
-1
-4
y= x 9. (a) 18
2 16
14
1 12
10
8
6
x 4
1 2 3 4 3 5 6 2
2
2 2
0
January February March April May June July August
y = sin x
-1 (b) It may be periodic - hard to tell from this data.
Period would be about 10 months.
(c) Amplitude is 1.5
There are 2 points of intersection, so there are
2 solutions to the equation.
10. (a) 4
(b) y
3.5
x
y= 3
2
2.5
1
2
y = sin x 1.5
1
x
- -3 -2 - -1 1 2 3 0.5
2 2
0
am
am
m
am
m
pm
am
pm
pm
5p
5p
0a
5p
5a
0
0
.55
.55
.48
.48
.48
6.2
6.2
6.2
.5
6.1
6.1
6.1
-1
11
11
11
11
11
11
12. d , 3 n maximum,
3 3
5 5
d , 3 n minimum
3 3
392 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
5 25
1. (a) cm (b) cm2 (c) 0.295 cm2
6 12
3 3 1
2. (a) 3 (b) (c) (d)
2 2 2
3 7 5
3. (a) x = , (b) x = ,
4 4 6 6
3 2
16. units2
2
20. (a)
(b)
Challenge exercise 5
5. (a) sin x (b) 2 cos x (c) sec2 x (d) x cos x + sin x
1 1 3 3
x sec2 x tan x 1. 0.27 2. e1 o= 3. r = 64 units, =
(e) (f) 3 sin 3x (g) 5 sec2 5x 2 3 6 512
x2
4. (a) Period = 2, amplitude = 3
1 1
6. (a) cos 2x + C (b) 3 sin x + C (c) tan 5x + C
2 5 (b)
(d) x cos x + C
1 2 3
7. (a) (b)
2 3
3
8. 3x + 2 y 1 =0
4
9. x = cos 2t
dx 5. (a) y = sin 3x
= 2 sin 2t
dt d2 y
(b) LHS = + 9y
d x
2
dx2
= 4 cos 2t
dt2 = 9 sin 3x + 9 ( sin 3x)
= 4x = 9 sin 3x 9 sin 3x
=0
1 = RHS
10. units2 11. units3 12. (a) 5 (b) 2
2 3
8
13. 3 3 14. (a) cm2 (b) 0.12 cm2
7
ANSWERS 393
6. 5 9 13
18. d , 0 n, d , 0 n, d , 0 n, d , 0n
8 8 8 8
1 1 21
19. = units2
2 2 2
= LHS
2. (a) h = 2t2 4t3 + C (b) A = 2x4 + x + C
sec x 2 4
` sec x cosec x = (c) V = r3 + C (d) d = 7 cos t + C
tan x 3
1 (e) s = 4e2t 3t + C
(b) loge 3 = loge 3
2
3. 20 4. 1 5. 6e12 6. 13 7. 900 8. 2e3 + 5
3
9. (2x cos 2x + sin 2x) e x sin 2x
10. (a) d , 4 n and d , 2n dM
4 4 9. y = x3 x2 + x + 6 10. R == 1 4t; R = 19
dt
(b) Maximum = 4 (c) Amplitude = 1
[i.e. melting at the rate of 19 g per minute (g min-1)]
17. (a) 76.8 mg/dL (b) 9 hours 18. 15.8 s 19. 8.5 years
ANSWERS 395
(e)
(b)
3 5 3
5. (a) , , , (b) 0, , , ,
4 4 4 2 2
8.
(a) x = 20 (4t 3)4 , x = 320 (4t 3)3 dx
(b) = 6t2 6t + 42
(b) x = 1, cm, ox = 20 cms 1, px = 320 cms 2 dt
(c) The particle is on the RHS of the origin, travelling to dx
At rest: =0
the right and accelerating. dt
6t2 6t + 42 =0
9. (a) v = 5 10t (b) 95 ms 1 (c) a = 10 = g t2 t + 7 =0
b2 4ac = (1) 2 4 (1) (7)
17 102
10. v = ,a= = 27
(3t + 1) 2 (3t + 1)3
<0
1 1
11. (a) At the origin (b)cms 1 (c) cms 2 So the quadratic equation has no real roots.
6 36
So the particle is never at rest.
(d) The particle is moving to the right but decelerating
(e) (e3 1) s 3 5
17. (a) 0 cm (at the origin) (b) , , ,...s (c) 12 cm
4 4 4
12. (a) 3 ms-1 (b) When t = 0 s, 1 s, 3 s (c) 10 ms-2
18. (a) 8e16 cms-1 (b) 0 s (initially) (c) 1 cm
13. (a)
7 7 2
19. (a) 7 s (b) or s (c) 49 cm
2 2
Exercises 6.5
1. 12 cm 2. 28 m 3. -42.5 cm
4. (a) 6 cms 1 (b) 145 855.5 cms-2 13. (a) 16 941 (b) 1168 birds/year
(c) x = 2e3t (c) 18.3 years
ox = 6e3t
px = 18e3t 14. (a) (i)
= 9 (2e3t )
= 9x
5. 1m
6. x = 2 sin 3t
ox = 6 cos 3t
px = 18 sin 3t
= 9 (2 sin 3t) (ii)
= 9x
7. (a) 2, 6 s
(b) (i) 16 cm
(ii) 15 cms 1
(iii) 18 cms 2
(c) Particle is 16 cm to the right of the origin, travelling
at 16 cms 1 to the right. Acceleration is 18 cms 2 (to the
left), so the particle is slowing down. (b) t1, t3
4. (a) v = 5 cos 5t
x = # (5 cos 5t) dt
= sin 5t + C
(ii)
When t = 0, x = 0
0 = sin 0 + C
=C
` x = sin 5t
d
a= (5 cos 5t)
dt
= 25 sin 5t
= 25x
= (d) a = 12 sin 2t
dt 7 bN0 + (k bN0) e kt A
2
= 4 (3 sin 2t)
k2 N0 (k bN0) e kt = 4x
=
7 bN0 + (k bN0) e kt A
2
k2 N0 5 25
31. (a) cm (b) cm2
= 6 12
bN0 + (k bN0) e kt
2
kN0 32.
bf p
bN0 + (k bN0) e kt
= kN bN2
7. 3e cms 2
1 4x 1 2x 38. 0.348
18. e +x+C 19.
4 e 2x
39. (a) ex (sin x + cos x) (b) 3 tan2 x sec2 x
20. (a) k = 0.101 (b) 2801 (c) 20 days
(c) 6 sin c 3x m
(d) (i) 11 people per day 2
(ii) 283 people per day
40. (a) 546 ms 1 (b) a = 20e2t (c) 20 ms-2
1 = 4 (5e )
2t
21. (a) 1.77 (b)
x loge 3 = 4x
8
41. ln 8 ln 3 = ln 42. 6 m 12 m
e2 4 3
22. (e 1) units3 3
2 43. units3
2
ANSWERS 399
44. 1
7. 2, 2 , 3 8. 3.1, 3.7, 4.3 9. 16, 32, 64
2
10. 108, 324, 972 11. 16, 32, 64 12. 48, 96, 192
1 1 1 16 32 64
13. , , 14. , ,
16 32 64 135 405 1215
15. 36, 49, 64 16. 125, 216, 343 17. 35, 48, 63
18. 38, 51, 66 19. 126, 217, 344 20. 21, 34, 55
Exercises 7.2
1. (a) T1 = 3, T2 = 11, T3 = 19 (b) T1 = 5, T2 = 7, T3 = 9
3 (c) u1 = 5, u2 = 11, u3 = 17 (d) T1 = 3, T2 = 2, T3 = 7
45. 6x y 1 =0
2 (e) t1 = 19, t2 = 18, T3 = 17 (f) u1 = 3, u2 = 9, u3 = 27
(g) Q1 = 9, Q2 = 11, Q3 = 15 (h) t1 = 2, t2 = 12, t3 = 58
3 3 (i) T1 = 8, T2 = 31, T3 = 70 (j) T1 = 2, T2 = 10, T3 = 30
46. 3 = units2
3 3
2. (a) T1 = 1, T2 = 4, T3 = 7 (b) t1 = 4, t2 = 16, t3 = 64
47. 3ex sin2 (ex) cos (ex) (c) T1 = 2, T2 = 6, T3 = 12
Exercises 7.3
1. (a) 128 (b) 54 (c) 70 (d) 175 (e) 220
47
(f) (g) 40 (h) 21 (i) 126 (j) 1024
60
6 10 5 n
56. (e2 1) units2 57. 1 3. (a) / 2n 1 (b) / 7n (c) / n3 (d) / 6k 4
n =1 n =1 n =1 k =1
n 50 n 9
58. (c) 59. (d) 60. (a) 1
(e) / k2 (f) / (n) (g) / 3.2k (h) /
k =3 n =1 k =0 n =0 2n
61. (d) 62. (b) 63. (c) n n
(i) / a + (k 1) d (j) / ar k 1
k =1 k =1
Chapter 7: Series
Exercises 7.4
Exercises 7.1
1. (a) y = 13 (b) x = 4 (c) x = 72 (d) b = 11 (e) x = 7
1. 14, 17, 20 2. 23, 28, 33 3. 44, 55, 66
1 1
(f ) x = 42 (g) k = 4 (h) x = 1 (i) t = 2 (j) t = 3
4. 85, 80, 75 5. 1 , 1, 3 6. 87, 83, 79 2 2
400 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
3. (a) 590 (b) -850 (c) 414 (d) 1610 (e) -397 5. (a) 28 875 (b) 3276 (c) 1419 (d) 6426
4 (e) 6604 (f) 598 (g) 2700
4. (a) -110 (b) 12.4 (c) -8.3 (d) 37 (e) 15 (h) 11 704 (i) 290 (j) 1284
5
5. Tn = 2n + 1 6. (a) 700 (b) 285 (c) 1170 ] 18 terms g
(d) 6525 (e) 2286
6. (a) Tn = 8n + 1 (b) Tn = 2n + 98 (c) Tn = 3n + 3
(d) Tn = 6n + 74 (e) Tn = 4n 25 (f) Tn = 20 5n 7. 21 8. 8 9. 11 10. a = 14, d = 4
n+6
(g) Tn = (h) Tn = 2n 28 (i) Tn = 1.2n + 2
8 11. a = 3, d = 5 12. 2025 13. 3420
3n 1
(j) Tn = 14. 8 and 13 terms 15. 1010
4
7. 28th term 8. 54th term 9. 30th term 16. (a) (2x + 4) (x + 1)
= (3x + 7) (2x + 4)
10. 15th term 11. Yes 12. No =x+3
13. Yes 14. n = 13 15. n = 30, 31, 32 . . . (b) 25 (51x + 149)
T3 T2 = 27 12 4
=4 n2 = ] 10 gn + 2
= 9 3 4 3 1 2 n 1
=3 3 2 3 (i) Tn = 3 ] 3 gn 1 (j) Tn = d n
3 5
= 3 = ] 3 gn
1 1 19 1 3 20 1 4 5
(d) d n = 21 (e) d n (h) 5 (i) 1 (j)
4 2 2 4 3 5 6
2 3 7 1
5. a = 4 6. r = 7. a = 5 8. r = 9. r =
8. 1149 9. 6th term 5 5 8 4
2 2 1
10. r= 11. a = 3, r = and a = 6, r =
10. 5th term 11. No 3 3 3
1 3
12. a = 192, r = , LS = 153
12. 7th term 13. 11th term 4 5
2 2 3
13. a = 1, r = , LS = 3, a = 1, r = , LS =
14. 9th term 15. n = 5 16. r = 3 3 3 4
3
14. a = 150, r = , LS = 375
17. (a) r = 6 5
(b) 18 2 2 1 2 3
15. a = , r = , LS = 1 16. a = 3, r = and a = 2, r =
5 3 5 5 5
1 2 21 2 3
18. a = , r = 2 19. n = 7 20. 208 17. x= 18. (a) 1 1 k 1 1 (b) (c) k =
10 7 32 5 4
1 1 5 1
19. (a) 1 p 1 (b) (c) p =
Exercises 7.7 2 2 7 14
a a ^ 1 r nh
1. (a) 2 097 150 (b) 7 324 218 20. LS Sn =
1r 1r
2. (a) 720 600 (b) 26 240 a a ^ 1 r nh
=
32 769 1r
3. (a) 131 068 (b)
65 536 a a + ar n
=
1r
55
4. (a) 7812 (b) 35 ar n
64 =
1r
(c) 8403 (d) 273 (e) 255
364
5. (a) 255 (b) (c) 97 656.2
729 Exercises 7.9
127
(d) 1 (e) 87 376 1. (a) 210 (b) 13th (c) 57
128
2. (a) 39 (b) 29th (c) 32
6. (a) 1792 (b) 3577
3. (a) 3n + 3
7. 148.58 8. 133.33
n
(b) Sn = [2a + (n 1) d ]
9. n=9 10. 10 terms 2
1
= n [2 6 + (n 1) 3]
11. a = 9 12. 10 terms 2
1
= n (12 + 3n 3)
13. (a) $33 502.39 (b) $178 550.21 2
n ( 5) n 1 1 ( 5) n 1
14. (a) / 2 ( 5) k 1 (b) Sn = = = n (3n + 9)
2
k =1 3 3
3
15. 2146 = n (n + 3)
2
Puzzles 4. (a) (i) $23 200 (ii) $26 912 (iii) $31 217.92
(b) $102 345.29 (c) 6.2 years
1. Choice 1 gives $465.00. Choice 2 gives
$10 737 418.23! 5. (a) (i) 93% (ii) 86.49% (iii) 80.44%
2. 382 apples (b) 33.67% (c) 19 weeks
Exercises 7.8
6. (a) 0.01 m (b) 91.5 m
1 4
1. (a) Yes LS = 13 (b) No (c) Yes LS = 12 (d) No 7. (a) 49 (b) 4 mm
2 5
25
(e) Yes LS = 3 (f) Yes LS = (g) No 8. (a) 3k m (b) k (3k + 3) m (c) 9
32
5 3
(h) Yes LS = 1 (i) No (j) Yes LS = 1 9. (a) 96.04% (b) 34 (c) 68.6
22 7
2 2 7
2. (a) 80 (b) 426 (c) 66 (d) 12 (e) (f) 54 10. (a) 77.4% (b) 13.5 (c) 31.4
3 3 10
2 9 16
(g) 10 (h) (i) 48 (j) 4 7 2
7 20 39 11. (a) (b) (c) 1
7 4 1 1 3645 9 9 9
3. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) 25 9 7
12 27 12500 64 4096 (d) (e) 2 (f)
1 2 1 1 2 99 11 30
4. (a) 1 (b) (c) (d) 2 (e) 3 (f) 5 (g)
4 5 48 2 5
402 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
21. (a) 1, 8, 64, (b) 16 777 216 people 4. (a) $966.45 (b) $1265.79
(c) 19 173 961 people
5. $2519.59
Exercises 7.10
1. (a) $740.12 (b) $14 753.64 (c) $17 271.40 6. (a) $592.00 (b) $39 319.89
(d) $9385.69 (e) $5298.19
7. (a) $77.81 (b) $2645.42
2. (a) $2007.34 (b) $2015.87 (c) $2020.28
8. $78 700
3. (a) $4930.86 (b) $4941.03
9. (a) Get Rich $949.61, Capital Bank $491.27
4. $408.24 5. $971.40 (b) $33 427.80 more through Capital Bank
8. $22 800.81 9. $691.41 12. NSW Bank $175.49 a month ($5791.25 altogether)
Sydney Bank $154.39 a month ($5557.88 altogether)
10. $1776.58 11. $14 549.76 12. $1 301 694.62 Sydney Bank is better
14. $4543.28 15. 4 years 16. 8 years 14. (a) $13 251.13 (b) $374.07 (c) $20 199.77
13. $2846.82 14. $13 601.02 4. (a) Each slat rises 3 mm so the bottom one rises up
30 3 mm or 90 mm.
15. $6181.13 16. $4646.71 17. $20 405.74 (b) 87 mm
(c) 90, 87, 84, . . . which is an arithmetic sequence
18. (a) $26 361.59 (b) $46 551.94
with a = 90, d = 3
19. $45 599.17 (d) 42 mm (e) 1395 mm
5. $3400.01
20. (a) $7335.93 (b) $1467.18
6. (a) (i) (b) (ii) (c) (i) (d) (iii) (e) (i) (f) (ii)
21. $500 for 30 years 22. Yes, $259.80 over (g) (ii) (h) (i) (i) (i) (j) (i)
ANSWERS 403
25. 1300 23. (a) False: outcomes are not equally likely. Each horse
and rider has different skills.
26. (a) 735 (b) 4315 (b) False: outcomes are not equally likely. Each golfer
has different skills.
27. (a) $1432.86 (b) $343 886.91 (c) False: outcomes are not dependent on the one before.
Each time the coin is tossed, the probability is the same.
28. n = 20
(d) False: outcomes are not dependent on the one
29. n = 11 before. Each birth has the same probability of producing
a girl or boy.
(e) False: outcomes are not equally likely. Each car and
Challenge exercise 7
driver has different skills.
1. (a) 8.1 (b) 19th term
Exercises 8.2
9 33
2. (a) (b) (c) 5 2
4 4 4 1. 2. 3. 99.8% 4. 0.73 5. 38%
11 9
3. (a) 2 097 170 (b) -698 775
22 5
6. 98.5% 7. 8. 9. 0.21 10. 91.9%
4. (a) $40 (b) $2880 23 18
7 46 2 13 7 15
5. 6th term 6. 17 823 11. 12. 13. (a) (b) 14. 15.
8 49 15 15 11 16
7. 5 terms 8. n = 1, 2 , 3
Exercises 8.3
9. 56 10. $1799.79 3 3 11 7
1. (a) (b) (c) (d)
10 5 20 10
3
11. x = 12. $8522.53 13. k = 20
8
1 1 3 3 19
2. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
14. (a) $10 100 (b) $11 268.25 5 2 5 5 50
(c) $4212.41 (d) $2637.23
404 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
5 9 12 29 13 9 1 1 64 152 13
3. (a) (b) (c) 4. (a) (b) (c) 12. (a) (b) (c) (d) (e)
26 26 13 100 20 25 25 825 825 165 165
16 38 1936 88
21 17 21 1 11 7 14. (a) (b) 15. (a) (b)
7. (a) (b) (c) 8. (a) (b) (c) 75 75 2025 2025
80 80 40 10 20 20
11 3 1 125 671
7 2 44 3 2 3 16. (a) (b) 17. (a) (b) (c)
9. (a) (b) (c) 10. (a) (b) (c) 20 20 1296 324 1296
25 15 75 10 5 10
84 681 912 673 27
18. (a) (b) (c)
1 000 000 1 000 000 1 000 000
9 15 3 19 1 24. (a) 0.23 (b) 0.42 (c) 0.995 25. (a) 33% (b) 94%
9. (a) (b) 10. 11. 12.
49 91 2075 99 16 170
1 5 91 1 3 2
26. (a) (b) (c) 27. (a) (b) (c)
29 791 8 35 929 216 72 216 10 10 5
13. (a) (b) (c)
35 937 35 937 35 937
25 40 56
28. (a) (b) (c)
1 1 5 755 201 81 81 81
14. (a) (b) (c)
2400 5 760 000 5 760 000
343 336 988
29. (a) (b) (c)
1 3125 4651 1331 1331 1331
15. (a) (b) (c)
7776 7776 7776
1 6859 1141
30. (a) (b) (c)
9 24 970 009 29 991 8000 8000 8000
16. (a) (b) (c)
25 000 000 25 000 000 25 000 000
Test yourself 8
1 9 9
17. (a) (b) (c)
4 100 100 l. (a) 80.4% (b) 1.4% (c) 99.97%
1 1 7 15 2. (a) 1 2 3 4 5 6
18. (a) (b) (c) (d)
22 11 22 22
1 0 1 2 3 4 5
19. (a) 61.41% (b) 0.34% (c) 99.66% 2 1 0 1 2 3 4
1 1 1 2 1 n 3 2 1 0 1 2 3
20. (a) (b) (c) 1 =
2n 2n 2n 2n 4 3 2 1 0 1 2
5 4 3 2 1 0 1
Exercises 8.5 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1 1 1 1 3 7
1. (a) (b) (c) 2. (a) (b) (c) 1 1 1 1 39
4 4 2 8 8 8 (b) (i) (ii) (iii) 3. (a) (i) (ii)
6 6 2 40 40
1 1 1 1 2 39 4 1
3. (a) (b) (c) 4. (a) (b) (b) 4. (a) (b)
900 900 450 25 25 796 15 10
2 7 35 2 35 1
60 6 4 1 7. (a) (b) (c) (b) 9.8. (a)
10. (a) (b) 11. (a) (b) 5 15 72 15 66 56
121 11 27 6
1 3 5
10. (a) 0.009% (b) 12.9% 11. (a) (b) (c)
13 13 26
ANSWERS 405
5 1 15. (a)
12. (a) (b)
12 3
9 3 27 4
13. (a) (b) (i) (ii) (iii)
40 10 160 25
1 81 11 1 4
14. (a) (b) (c) 15. (a) (b)
200 200 100 15 5
1 147 1 3577
16. (a) (b) (c) (d)
50 7450 3725 3725
d2 = (230 65t) 2 + (125 80t) 2 (Pythagoras)
80 40 2 1
17. (a) (b) 18. (a) (b) = 52 900 29 900t + 4225t2 + 15 625 20 000t + 6400t2
361 171 9 3
= 10 625t2 49 900t + 68 525
64 728 21 3 23 (b) 2.3 h (c) 109.7 km
19. (a) (b) 20. (a) (b) (c)
243 729 50 25 50
1
16. 199; 5050 17.
110
18. (a) T1 = 4, T2 = 11, T3 = 18, T12 = 81
Challenge exercise 8
(b) 1410 (c) 29th term
1 4
1. (a) (b) 2. (a) 0.04 (b) 0.75 (c) 0.25
7 7
1
19.
1 33 4 25 4 2
3. (a) (b) 4. (a) (b) (c)
54 145 173 264 13 52 13
1 3 1 1
6. (a) 0 (b) (c) 7. (a) (b)
10 10 7776 1296
3 12 1 5 7 3
8. (a) (b) 9. (a) (b) (c) (d)
10 145 144 144 144 144
5 35
21. 15 4 + 7 + . . . 22. (a) (b) 23. $2851.52
33 66
24. (a) v = 12 sin 4t (b) a = 48 cos 4t (c) 3 cm
3 5
7 11 (d) t = 0, , , . . . s (e) 3 cm (f) t = , , ,... s
14. (a) (b) 4 2 8 8 8
50 20
(g) a = 48 cos 4t
= 16 (3 cos 4t)
= 16x
406 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
= 256 41.
Since AC2 = AB2 + BC2,
ABC is right angled at +B.
5
29. x =
6
30.
32. (a) k Z 0.025 (b) after 42.4 years (c) 20.6 years
53. (d) 54. (a) 55. (c) 56. (a) 57. (d)
MathematicsPaper 1
1. (a) 0.75
(b) (3x 2) (x 3)
6 x 6 x 1
36. n = 4 (c) d n d n = 6 (5)
1 2 1 3
3x 2(x 1) = 30
37. y = sin 7x 3x 2x + 2 = 30
dy x + 2 = 30
= 7 cos 7x
dx x = 28
d2 y 1 2
= 7 (7 sin 7x) (d) 12 = r
dx2 3
= 49 sin 7x 36 = r2
= 49y 36
= r2
1 36
38. =r
10
3.39 = r
ANSWERS 407
x2 1 x x2
(e) 3300 (b) (i) e +C = + ex + C
2 1 2
(f) x+3<7
x <4 (ii) ; cos + E = ] cos + g ] cos 0 + 0 g
or ] x + 3 g < 7 0
x + 3 > 7 = ] 1 g + + 1
=2+
x > 10
` 10 < x < 4 5 2+1 5 2+5
(c) (i) =
21 2+1 ( 2 ) 2 12
2. (a) (ii) Since AB = BD, AB: AD = 1:2 5 2+5
=
+ABC = +ADE (corresponding +s, BC < DE) 1
+ACB = +AED (similarly) =5 2 +5
+A is common (ii) 5 2 + 5 = 5 + 5 2
` ABC <; ADE = 5 + 25 2
AB AC 1 = 5 + 50
` = =
AD AE 2 ` a = 5, b = 50
` AE = 2AC 4. (a) (i)
AC + CE = 2AC
` CE = AC
AB BC 1
(iii) = =
AD DE 2
3.4 1
` =
DE 2
DE = 2 3.4
= 6.8 cm
1 6. (a)
Area OAB: A = bh
2
1
= 5 3.4
2
= 8.5 units2
(b) c2 = a2 + b2 2ab cos C
BC2 = 62 + 42 2 ] 6 g ] 4 g cos 87
Z 49.49
BC = 49.49
Z 7 cm
800
5. (a) (i) 100% = 3.25%
24 600
(ii) Arithmetic series with a = 24 600, d = 800 and
n = 12
Tn = a + ] n 1 g d
T12 = 24 600 + ] 12 1 g 800
= 33 400
So Kate earns $33 400 in the 12th year.
n
(iii) Sn = [2a + (n 1)d ] (i) P (2W, 1N) = P(WWN) + P(WNW)
2
12 + P(NWW)
= [2 24 600 + (12 1)800] 2 2 5 2 5 2
2 = +
= 348 000 7 7 7 7 7 7
5 2 2
So Kate earns $348 000 over the 12 years. +
7 7 7
(b) (i) y = x3 3x2 9x + 2 60
y l = 3x 2 6 x 9 =
343
y m = 6x 6
(ii) P (at least one W) = 1 P(NNN)
For stationary points, yl = 0
5 5 5
i.e. 3x2 6x 9 = 0 = 1
7 7 7
3(x 3)(x + 1) = 0 218
` x = 3, 1 =
343
When x = 3, y = 33 3] 3 g2 9] 3 g + 2
(b) x = 60, 180 60 (first, second quadrants)
= 25
= 60, 120
When x = 1, y = ] 1 g3 3 ] 1 g2 9 ] 1 g + 2
=7 (c) (i) v = # (6t + 4) dt
So (3, 25) and (1, 7) are stationary points. = 3t 2 + 4 t + C
At (3, 25), y m = 6(3) 6 When t = 0, v = 0
>0 (minimum point) ` 0 = 3] 0 g2 + 4 ] 0 g + C
At (1, 7), y m = 6(1) 6 =C
<0 (maximum point) ` v = 3t 2 + 4t
` (1, 7) is a maximum, (3, 25) minimum When t = 5,
stationary point v = 3 ] 5 g2 + 4 ] 5 g
(ii) For inflexions, y m = 0 = 95 cms 1
i.e. 6x 6 = 0 (ii) x = # (3t2 + 4t) dt
6x = 6
= t 3 + 2t 2 + C
x =1
When t = 0, x = 0
When x = 1, y = 13 3(1) 2 9(1) + 2
` 0 = ] 0 g3 + 2 ] 0 g2 + C
= 9
=C
` (1, 9) is a point of inflexion ` x = t 3 + 2t 2
(iii) When t = 2,
` x = ] 2 g3 + 2 ] 2 g2
= 16 cm
dP
(iii) +XCB = 180c 60c (ii) The curve is increasing so> 0.
dt
(+ADC, +XCB cointerior +s, AD < BC) d2 P
The curve is concave downwards so 2 < 0.
= 120c dt
CXB is isosceles
[XC = CB = 1, similar to part (ii)] 8. (a) (i) x 1 2 3 4 5
` +CXB = +CBX = (180c 120c ) 2 y 0 0.301 0.477 0.602 0.699
= 30c
# f (x) dx = 12 (b a) [f (a) + f (b)]
b
+AXB = 180c (60c + 30c ) (ii)
(+DXC straight angle) a
1
Count up units for the focus
4
1
` focus is c p, q p2 + m
#
ln 4
4
A = Area of rectangle OABC e x dx
0 (iii) For P: x = m since it is vertically below
ln 4
= 4 ln 4 6 e x @ 0 ^ m, 3m2 + q h
= 4 ln 4 (e ln4 e 0) When x = m
= 4 ln 4 4 + 1 m 2 = 8y
= (4 ln 4 3) units 2 m2
=y
8
m2
So P = d m, n
8
ANSWERS 411
m2 (d) a2 (a 2) 4 (a 2)
Distance = 3m2 + q
8 = (a 2) (a2 4)
23m2 = (a 2) (a + 2) (a 2)
= +q
8 = ] a + 2 g ] a 2 g2
23m 2
= +q since m2 0 and q > 0 (e) 2 4 6 25 6
8
=22 6 5 6
(iv) m + q = 5
=4 6 5 6
` q =5m
= 6
23m2
D= +q
8 (f) loga 50 = loga (52 2)
23m 2
= loga 52 + loga 2
= +5m
8 = 2 loga 5 + loga 2
dD 46m = 2 1.3 + 0.43
= 1
dm 8 = 3.03
dD
For stationary points =0
dm x1 + x2 y1 + y2
46m (g) P = f , p
1=0 2 2
8
3 + 0 4 + 2
46m =d , n
=1 2 2
8
1
46m = 8 = c 1 , 1 m
2
8
m=
46 2.
4
=
23
4
So there is a stationary point at m = .
23
To determine its nature
d2 D 46
=
dm2 8
>0
So concave upwards.
` minimum turning point
4
When m =
23
23m2
D= +5m
8 1
4 2 (a) Substitute A c 5, 1 m into 3x + 4y 9 = 0
23 d n 2
23 4
= +5 1
8 23 LHS = 3 5 + 4 1 9
2
21 =0
=4
23 = RHS
21
So minimum distance is 4 units. ` A lies on the line
23
1
Substitute B c 1, 1 m into 3x + 4y 9 = 0
2
MathematicsPaper 2 1
LHS = 3 1 + 4 1 9
2
1. (a) (i) x 3 = 5
=0
x=8
= RHS
(ii) x 3 = 5
` B lies on the line
x = 2
` AB has equation 3x + 4y 9 = 0
(b) 5 x2 = 4 (b) 3x + 4y 9 = 0
9 x2 = 0 4y = 3x + 9
9 = x2 3 9
3 = x y= x+
4 4
5 3
(c) sin ` m1 =
6 4
= sin c m l is perpendicular to AB, so m1 m2 = 1
6
= sin (2nd quadrant)
6
1
=
2
412 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
3 y1 + y2
m = 1 y=
4 2 2
4 1
` m2 = y +1
3 1 2
Equation of l: 1 =
4 2
y y1 = m (x x1) 1 1
2 = y + 1
4 2 2
y 1 = (x 4)
3 4 = y
3y + 3 = 4 (x + 4) (f) So D = (0, 4)
= 4x + 16
dy
0 = 4x 3y + 13 3. (a) (i) = ulv + vlu
dx
(c) 4x 3y + 13 = 0 (1)
= 1$ cos x + (sin x) x
3x + 4y 9 = 0 (2)
= cos x x sin x
(1) 4: 16x 12y + 52 = 0 (3)
dy
(2) 3: 9x + 12y 27 = 0 (4) (ii) = 5e 5 x
(3) + (4): 25x + 25 = 0 dx
25x = 25 dy 4x
x = 1 (iii) =
dx 2x 2 1
Substitute x = 1 in (1): (3x 2) 5
4 1 3y + 13 = 0 (b) (i) +C
35
9 3y = 0 (3x 2) 5
9 = 3y = +C
15
3=y 1
So point of intersection is ( 1, 3). (ii) 3 cos 2x + C
2
(d) d = (x2 x1) 2 + (y2 y1) 2 3
= cos 2x + C
AB: 2
1 1 2 1 x 3
d= (5 1) 2 + c 1 1 m (c) < ex e F
2 2 1 0
= 42 + ( 3) 2 = 6 ex + e x @ 03
= 16 + 9 = [e3 + e 3] [e0 + e 0]
= 25 = e 3 + e 3 1 1
=5 = e 3 + e 3 2
CP: dy
(d) = # (18x 6) dx
d = (1 4) 2 + (3 1) 2 dx
= 32 + 42 = 9x 2 6 x + C
= 9 + 16 dy
At (2, 1), =0
= 25 dx
=5 0 = 9 ] 2 g2 6 ] 2 g + C
1 = 24 + C
A = bh
2 24 = C
1 dy
= 55
2 ` = 9x2 6x 24
dx
= 12.5 units2
y = # (9x2 6x 24) dx
x1 + x2 y1 + y2
(e) Midpoint AC = f , p = 3x3 3x2 24x + C
2 2
Substitute (2, 1):
1
1 + 1 1 = 3 ] 2 g3 3 ] 2 g2 24 ] 2 g + C
=
f 4 + 5, 2 p
2 2 = 36 + C
1 1 35 = C
= c , 1 m ` y = 3x3 3x2 24x + 35
2 4
Midpoint AC = midpoint BD
where D = (x, y) 4. (a)
x1 + x2
x=
2
1 x +1
=
2 2
1= x +1
0=x
ANSWERS 413
2 3 (c) (i)
(i) P (WW) =
5 8
3
=
20
2 5 3 3
(ii) P (WL) + P (LW) = +
5 8 5 8
19
=
40
(iii) P (at least 1W) = 1 P (LL)
3 5
=1
5 8
(ii) 1 < x < 2
5
=
8 5. (a) y = 2x3 9x2 + 12x 7
(b) (i) dy
= 6x2 18x + 12
dx
d2 y
= 12x 18
dx2
dy
(i) For stationary points, =0
dx
6x 18x + 12 = 0
2
x 2 3x + 2 = 0
(x 2) (x 1) = 0
x = 1, 2
1 When x = 1, y = 2 ] 1 g3 9 ] 1 g2 + 12 (1) 7 = 2
(ii) A= bh
2 When x = 2, y = 2 ] 2 g3 9 ] 2 g2 + 12 (2) 7 = 3
1
= 55 So (1, 2) and (2, 3) are stationary points.
2
= 12.5 units2 d2 y
At (1, 2) = 12 (1) 18 = 6
# 2 (x + 2) dx
3
or A = dx2
3
` (1, 2) is a maximum turning point
x2
=< + 2x F d2 y
2 2 At (2, 3) 2 = 12 (2) 18 = 6
( 2) 2 dx
32
=< + 2 (3) F = + 2 ( 2) G ` (2, 3) is a minimum turning point
2 2
d2 y
= 12.5 units2 (ii) For points of inflexion 2 = 0
(iii) y=x+2 dx
12x 18 = 0
` y2 = ] x + 2 g2
12x = 18
V = # y2 dx
b
a x = 1.5
= # (x + 2) 2 dx
3
When x = 1.5,
2
y = 2 (1.5) 3 9 (1.5) 2 + 12 (1.5) 7
(x + 2) 3 3
= = G = 2.5
13 2
(3 + 2) 3 ( 2 + 2) 3 Check concavity:
= = G
3 3 x 1.25 1.5 1.75
125
= < 0F
3 d2 y
125 3 0 3
= units3 dx2
3
1 2 Concavity changes, so (1.5, 2.5) is a point of
or V= r h
3 inflexion.
1 (iii) When x = 3,
= ] 5 g2 5
3 y = 2 ] 3 g3 9 ] 3 g2 + 12 ] 3 g 7
125 = 178
= units3
3 When x = 3,
y = 2 ] 3 g3 9 ] 3 g2 + 12 ] 3 g 7
=2
414 Maths In Focus Mathematics HSC Course
1
Substitute x = 2 in (2):
4
1 2
y = d2 n
4
1
=5
16
1 1
` Q = c2 , 5 m
4 16
(iii)
(b) (i)
(ii)
PQ: x 4y + 18 = 0
x + 18 = 4y
x 18
+ =y
4 4
1
2
c2 = a2 + b2 2ab cos C x 18
Area = #
4
c + x2 m dx
= 8502 + 12002 2 850 1200 cos 120 2 4 4
= 3 182 500 x2 18x x3 2
1
4
c = 3182500 =< + F
8 4 3 2
= 1784 R 2 V
S c2 1 m 1 1 3
18 c 2 m c 2 m W
So the plane is 1784 km from the airport. S 4 4 4 W
= SS + WW
(c) (cosec + cot ) (cosec cot ) 8 4 3
T X
= cosec2 cot2 ( 2) 2 18 ( 2) ( 2) 3
= + G
= 1 + cot2 cot2 8 4 3
=1 = 12.8 units2
dy
6. (a) (i) = 2x (b) (i) The particle is at the origin when x = 0,
dx i.e. at t1, t3 and t5
dy
At ( 2, 4) = 2 ( 2) dx
dx (ii) At rest, = 0 (at the stationary points,
dt
` m1 = 4 i.e. t2 and t4)
Normal is perpendicular to tangent (c) T = T0 e kt
` m1 m2 = 1 When t = 0, T = 97
4m 2 = 1 ` T0 = 97
1 T = 97 e kt
m2 =
4 When t = 5, T = 84
y y1 = m _ x x1 i 84 = 97 e k 5
1 84
y 4 = ]x 2g = e 5k
4 97
4y 16 = x + 2 84
ln = ln e 5k
0 = x 4y + 18 (1) 97
(ii) y = x 2
(2) = 5k ln e
Substitute (2) in (1): = 5k
0 = x 4x2 + 18 84
ln
4x2 x 18 = 0 97
=k
(x + 2) (4x 9) = 0 5
0.029 = k
x + 2 = 0, 4x 9 = 0
So T = 97 e 0.029t
x = 2, 4 x = 9
1 (i) When t = 15
x=2
4 T = 97 e 0.029 15
= 63
So the temperature is 63C after 15 minutes.
ANSWERS 415
7. (a) (i)
#
b
h (iii) 4 points of intersection, so 4 roots
f (x) dx Z
7 (y + y 4) + 4 (y 1 + y 3) + 2y 2 A
a 3 0 (b) 2 sin x 1 = 0
2 sin x = 1
# 4
tan x dx Z
16
3
; c tan 0 + tan m
4 sin x =
1
(1st, 2nd quadrants)
0 2
3 x = 30, 180 30
+ 4 c tan + tan m + 2 tan G
16 16 8 = 30, 150
Z 0.35 units 2
dy sin x (c) (i) logx 12 = logx ] 22 3 g
(ii) = = logx 22 + logx 3
dx cos x
= tan x = 2 logx 2 + logx 3
= 2q + p
(iii) #0
4
tan x dx = : ln (cos x) D 0
4
(ii) logx 2x = logx 2 + logx x
= q +1
= = ln c cos m G [ ln (cos 0)] (d) (i) 1 + 3 + 5 + . . . is an arithmetic series with
4
= 0.35 a = 1, d = 2
(b) (i) When n = 12
Tn = a + (n 1) d
T12 = 1 + (12 1) 2
= 23
9. (a) (ii) y = ] x + 2 g2
` y2 = ] x + 2 g4
V = # y2 dx
b
= # (x + 2) 4 dx
1
(x + 2) 5 1
= = G
15 2
(1 + 2) 5 ( 2 + 2) 5
= = G
5 5
243
= < 0F
(b) The statement would only be true if there were equal 5
numbers of each colour. It is probably false. 243
= units3
(c) ln x2 = ln (2x + 3) 5
` x 2 = 2x + 3 d
(b) (i) s =
x 2 2x 3 = 0 t
(x 3) (x + 1) = 0 d
So t =
x = 3, 1 s
3000
But x 1 (ln 1 does not exist) =
s
so the solution is x = 3
Cost of trip taking t hours:
dy C = ] s2 + 7500 g t
(d) (i) = ex
dx 3000
= ] s2 + 7500 g
When x = k s
dy 7500 3000
= 3000s +
= ek s
dx
7500
= 3000 c s + m
So gradient m = ek s
(ii) When x = k, y = ek 7500
(ii) C = 3000 c s + m
y y1 = m (x x1) s
y ek = ek (x k) = 3000 s + 7500 s 1 g
]
= ek x kek dC
= 3000 (1 7500 s 2)
y = ek x kek + ek ds
= ek (x k + 1) 7500
= 3000 d 1 n
s2
(iii) Substitute (2, 0) into the equation
0 = ek (2 k + 1) dC
For minimum cost, =0
= ek (3 k) ds
3k=0 7500
3000 d 1 n=0
3=k s2
(e) 180 = radians 7500
1 =0
s2
1 = 7500
180 1=
s2
` 53 = 53 s2 = 7500
180
53 s = 7500 (speed is positive)
=
180 = 86.6 km/h
1 Check:
A = r2
2 d2C
1 53 = 3000 (15 000s 3)
= 72 ds2
2 180 15 000
= 22.7 cm2 = 3000 d n
s3
10. (a) (i) When s = 86.6
d2C 15 000
= 3000 d n
ds2 86.63
>0
Concave upwards
So minimum when s = 86.6
7500
(iii) C = 3000 d 86.6 + n
86.6
= 519 615 cents
= $5196.15